Italeri M978A2R1, M985E1A2, M985E1A2R1 Technical Manual
Add to My manuals781 Pages
The Italeri M985E1A2R1 is a heavy-duty tactical truck designed for cargo transport. It features a powerful engine, a robust chassis, and advanced capabilities for on- and off-road driving. This versatile truck can be used for transporting supplies, equipment, and personnel across challenging terrain.
advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of
781
TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES 8 x 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A1 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2R1 NSN 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-493-3774 2320-01-493-3782 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-493-3779 2320-01-493-3785 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-492-8216 2320-01-492-8226 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-492-8215 2320-01-492-8225 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-492-8223 2320-01-492-8231 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-492-8224 2320-01-492-8233 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-492-8214 2320-01-493-3787 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-492-8201 2320-01-493-3789 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-493-3790 2320-01-493-3792 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ii INTRODUCTION PAGE 1-1 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 2-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PAGE 2-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES PAGE 2-145 ENGINE MAINTENANCE PAGE 3-1 FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PAGE 4-1 COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PAGE 5-1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PAGE 6-1 TRANSMISSION MAINTENANCE PAGE 7-1 TRANSFER CASE MAINTENANCE PAGE 8-1 AXLES NO. 1 AND NO. 2 MAINTENANCE PAGE 9-1 ALPHABETICAL INDEX PAGE INDEX 1 HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY JUNE 1987 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 WARNING CARBON MONOXIDE (EXHAUST GAS) CAN CAUSE DEATH. Carbon monoxide is without color or smell, but can cause death. Breathing air with carbon monoxide produces symptoms of headache, dizziness, loss of muscular control, a sleepy feeling, and coma. Brain damage or death can result from heavy exposure. Carbon monoxide occurs in the exhaust fumes of fuel-burning heaters and internal combustion engines. Carbon monoxide can become dangerously concentrated under conditions of no ventilation. Precautions must be followed to ensure crew safety when the arctic engine heater or engine of any vehicle is operated for any purpose. 1. DO NOT operate arctic engine heater or engine of vehicle in a closed place without proper ventilation. 2. DO NOT drive any vehicle with inspection plates, cover plates, or engine compartment covers removed unless necessary for maintenance purposes. 3. BE ALERT at all times during vehicle operation for exhaust odors and exposure symptoms. If either are present, IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE personnel compartments. If symptoms persist, remove affected crew to fresh air and keep warm. DO NOT PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE. If necessary, give artificial respiration and get immediate medical attention. For artificial respiration, refer to FM 21-11. 4. BE AWARE that the gas particulate filter unit or the field protection mask for nuclear-biological-chemical protection WILL NOT offer safety from carbon monoxide poisoning. THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS GOOD VENTILATION. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. WARNING Never use the parking brake for normal braking or wheels will lock up causing severe skid. Skidding vehicle could result in serious injury or death. WARNING Fuel is very flammable and can explode easily. To avoid serious injury or death, keep fuel away from open fire and keep fire extinguisher within easy reach when working with fuel. Do not work on fuel system when engine is hot. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine. When working with fuel, post signs that read NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET of vehicle. WARNING Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, neck chains, and any other jewelry before working around vehicle. Jewelry can catch on equipment and cause injury, or may short across an electrical circuit and cause severe burns or electrical shock. a TM 9-2320-279-34-1 WARNING The radiator is very hot and pressurized during vehicle operation. Let radiator cool before removing cap. Failure to do so can result in serious burns. WARNING The exhaust pipe and muffler can become very hot during vehicle operation. Be careful not to touch these parts with bare hands, or allow body to come in contact with pipe or muffler. Exhaust system parts can become hot enough to cause serious burns. WARNING Do not use trailer brakes as parking brake. Trailer brakes may not hold a loaded vehicle and trailer on a grade. A runaway vehicle may cause severe personal injury or death. WARNING Always use seatbelts when operating vehicle. Failure to use seatbelt can result in serious injury in case of accident. WARNING Avoid quick, jerking, winch operation. Keep other personnel well away from vehicles involved in winching operations. A snapped cable or shifting load can cause serious injury or death. WARNING Always wear heavy gloves when handling winch cables. Never let cable run through hands; frayed cables can cut. Never operate winch with less than five wraps of cable on winch drum. WARNING If operating crane under powerlines, do not allow vehicle to contact high-voltage connections. Death on contact can result. If possible, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through vital organs of the body. WARNING When working inside the vehicle with power off, be sure to ground every capacitor likely to hold a dangerous voltage potential. WARNING Never work on electronic equipment unless there is another person nearby who is familiar with the operation and hazards of the equipment. WARNING Be careful when working on or with electrical equipment. Do not be misled by the term “low voltage”. Voltages as low as 50 volts may cause death. For artificial respiration, refer to FM 21-11. b TM 9-2320-279-34-1 WARNING Be careful not to short out battery terminals. Do not smoke or use open flame near batteries. Batteries may explode from a spark. Battery acid is harmful to skin and eyes. WARNING Brake shoes may be coated with dust. Breathing this dust may be harmful to your health. Do not use compressed air to clean brake shoes. Wear a filter mask approved for use against brake dust. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel. WARNING Starting fluid is toxic and flammable. Do not store in cab and do not breathe fumes. Do not puncture or burn containers. Dispose of container following manufacturer’s recommendations on the container. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. WARNING After Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical (NBC) exposure of vehicle, all air filters shall be handled with extreme caution. Unprotected personnel can experience injury or death if residual toxic agents or radioactive material are present. If vehicle is exposed to chemical or biological agents, servicing personnel shall wear protective mask, hood, protective overgarments, and chemical protective gloves and boots in accordance with TM 10-277. All contaminated air filters shall be placed in double-lined plastic bags and moved swiftly to a segregation area away from the worksite. The same procedure applies for radioactive dust contamination. The Company NBC team should measure the radiation prior to filter removal to determine the extent of safety procedures required per the NBC Annex to the unit Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). The segregation area in which the contaminated air filters are temporarily stored shall be marked with appropriate NBC placards. Final disposal of contaminated air filters shall be in accordance with local SOP. Decontamination operation shall be in accordance with FM 3-5 and local SOP. WARNING DO NOT grind or sand painted equipment without high-efficiency air purifying respirators in use. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. WARNING Use extreme care when removing or installing spring retainers. Spring retainers are under tension and can act as projectiles when released suddenly. Ensure proper eye protection is worn to prevent injury to personnel. WARNING Use extreme care when removing or installing springs. Springs are under tension and can act as projectiles when released. Ensure proper eye protection is worn to prevent injury to personnel. Change 7 c TM 9-2320-279-34-1 WARNING CARC paint contains isocyanate (HDI) which is highly irritating to skin and respiratory system. High concentrations of HDI can produce symptoms of itching and reddening of skin, a burning sensation in throat and nose, and watering of the eyes. In extreme concentrations, HDI can cause cough, shortness of breath, pain during respiration, increased sputum production, and chest tightness. The following precautions must be taken whenever using CARC paint: S ALWAYS use air-line respirators when using CARC paint unless air sampling shows exposure to be below standards. Use chemical cartridge respirator if air sampling is below standards. S DO NOT let skin or eyes come in contact with CARC paint. Always wear protective equipment (gloves, ventilation mask, safety goggles, etc.). S DO NOT use CARC paint without adequate ventilation. S NEVER weld or cut CARC coated materials. S DO NOT grind or sand painted equipment without high-efficiency, air-purifying respirators in use. S BE AWARE of CARC paint exposure symptoms: symptoms can occur a few days after initial exposure. Seek medical help immediately if symptoms are detected. WARNING S Eye protection is required during all grinding operations. Failure to comply may result in serious injury to personnel. S Take all necessary precautions to confine grinding sparks so they cannot contact flammable or combustible materials or vapors. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel. S When grinding, avoid creating excess heat on CARC painted surfaces near grinding area. CARC paint can ignite if heated. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel. WARNING CHEMICAL AGENT RESISTANT COATING (CARC) Unusable CARC mixtures are considered hazardous waste and will require disposal in accordance with Federal, state, Department of Defense, Department of the Army, and local installation hazardous waste regulations. Consult the installation environmental office for proper disposal guidance. Mixed CARC is extremely flammable. Use only in well-ventilated areas. Keep away from open flames, sparks, and other ignition sources. CARC paint contains isocyanate (HDI), which is highly irritating to skin and respiratory system. High concentrations of HDI can produce symptoms of itching and reddening of skin, a burning sensation in throat and nose, and watering of the eyes. In extreme concentrations, HDI can cause cough, shortness of breath, pain during respiration, increased sputum production, and chest tightness. The following precautions must be taken whenever using CARC paint: S ALWAYS use air-line respirators when using CARC paint unless air sampling shows exposure to be below standards. Use chemical cartridge respirator if air sampling is below standards. S DO NOT use CARC paint without adequate ventilation. S NEVER weld or cut CARC coated materials. S DO NOT grind or sand painted equipment without high-efficiency, air-purifying respirators in use. S BE AWARE of CARC paint exposure symptoms: symptoms can occur a few days after initial exposure. Seek medical help immediately if symptoms are detected. d Change 7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C7 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 1 July, 2005 NO. 7 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL NSN TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A1 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2R1 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-493-3774 2320-01-493-3782 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-493-3779 2320-01-493-3785 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-492-8216 2320-01-492-8226 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-492-8215 2320-01-492-8225 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-492-8223 2320-01-492-8231 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-492-8224 2320-01-492-8233 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-492-8214 2320-01-493-3787 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-492-8201 2320-01-493-3789 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-493-3790 2320-01-493-3792 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. 1 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-2 C1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1, June 1987, is changed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Remove Pages Insert Pages A thru C/(D blank) c/(d blank) 1-1 and 1-2 6-73 and 6-74 6-83 and 6-84 none 9-13 and 9-14 none 9-15 and 9-16 9-89 and 9-90 Cover A thru C/(D blank) c and d 1-1 and 1-2 6-73 and 6-74 6-83 and 6-84 6-84.1/(6-84.2 blank) 9-13 and 9-14 9-14.1/(9-14.2 blank) 9-15 and 9-16 9-89 and 9-90 Cover File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. By Order of the Secretary of the Army: PETER J. SCHOOMAKER General, United States Army Chief of Staff Official: JOEL B. HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0422207 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number IDN: 380653, requirements for TM 9-2320-279-34-1. 2 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C6 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 December, 2003 NO. 6 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL NSN TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A1 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2R1 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-493-3774 2320-01-493-3782 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-493-3779 2320-01-493-3785 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-492-8216 2320-01-492-8226 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-492-8215 2320-01-492-8225 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-492-8223 2320-01-492-8231 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-492-8224 2320-01-492-8233 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-492-8214 2320-01-493-3787 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-492-8201 2320-01-493-3789 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-493-3790 2320-01-493-3792 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. 1 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-2 C1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1, June 1987, is changed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Remove Pages Insert Pages A thru C/(D blank) i and ii none 2-5 thru 2-8 2-127 thru 2-136 none Index 1 thru Index 4 Cover A thru C/(D blank) i and ii ii.1/(ii.2 blank) 2-5 thru 2-8 2-127 thru 2-136 2-136.1 thru 2-136.8 Index 1 thru Index 4 Cover File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. By Order of the Secretary of the Army: PETER J. SCHOOMAKER JOHN M KEANE General, United States Army Chief of Staff Official: JOEL B. HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0318303 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number IDN: 380653, requirements for TM 9-2320-279-34-1. 2 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C5 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 F e b r u a r y , 2002 NO. 5 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, TRUCK, NSN CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984E1 CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985E1 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-194-7031 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. TM 9-2320-279-34-1, June 1987, is changed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Remove Pages Insert Pages i -- ii 3-1 -- 3-2 3-13 -- 3-14 6-1 -- 6-2 none 6-15 -- 6--18 i -- ii 3-1 -- 3-2 3-13 -- 3-14 6-1 -- 6-2 6-14.1 -- 6-14.14 6-15 -- 6--18 1 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-2 C1 Remove Pages Insert Pages 6-87 -- 6-88 6-95 -- 6-96 6-105 -- 6-106 6-111 -- 6-114 6-119 -- 6-120 6-122.13/(6-122.14 blank) 6-123 -- 6-124 6-131 -- 6-132 6-133/(6-134 blank) 7-67 -- 7-72 7-151 -- 7-152 7-152.1 -- 7-152.2 6-87 -- 6-88 6-95 -- 6-96 6-105 -- 6-106 6-111 -- 6-114 6-119 -- 6-120 6-122.13/(6-122.14 blank) 6-123 -- 6-124 6-131 -- 6-132 6-133/(6-134 blank) 7-67 -- 7-72 7-151 -- 7-152 7-152.1 -- 7-152.2 File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. By Order of the Secretary of the Army: ERIC K. SHINSEKI General, United States Army Chief of Staff Official: JOEL B. HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0115509 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 380653, requirements for TM 9-2320-279-34-1. 2 of 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C4 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 December, 2000 NO. 4 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL NSN TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985E1 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-194-7031 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. TM 9-2320-279-34-1, December 1998, is changed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Remove Pages Insert Pages 3-29 thru 3-32 3-29 thru 3-32 File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. 1 of 1 By Order of the Secretary of the Army: ERIC K. SHINSEKI General, United States Army Chief of Staff Official: JOEL B. HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0026313 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 380653, requirements for TM 9-2320-279-34-1. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C3 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NO. 3 Washington, D. C., 15 December 1998 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) NSN MODEL TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK,-CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985E1 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-194-7031 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. TM 9-2320-279-34-1, 3 June 1987, is changed as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. 5. Changes on cover are: Removed VOLUME NO. 1, deleted destruction notice, and changed distribution statement. Remove Pages Insert Pages c/cd blank) i thru vi 2-5 and 2-8 2-25 and 2-26 c/(d blank) i thru vi 2-5 and 2-8 2-25 and 2-26 1 of 4 Remove Pages Insert Pages 2-81 and 2-82 2-81 and 2-82 2-101 and 2-102 2-101 and 2-102 none 2-102.1/(2-102.2 blank) 2-117 thru 2-122 2-117 thru 2-122 2-127 and 2-128 2-127 and 2-128/(2-129 through 2-136 deleted) 2-129 thru 2-136 none 2-137 and 2-138 2-137 and 2-138 none 2-138.1/(2-138.2 blank) 2-139 and 2-140 2-139 and 2-140 3-7 and 3-8 3-7 and 3-8 3-13 thru 3-16 3-13 thru 3-16 3-19 and 3-20 3-19 and 3-20 3-25 and 3-26 3-25 and 3-26 6-1 and 6-2 6-1 and 6-2 6-7 and 6-8 6-7 and 6-8 6-13 and 6-14 6-13 and 6-14 6-91 thru 6-94 6-91 thru 6-94 6-97 thru 6-100 6-97 thru 6-100 6-122.1 and 6-122.2 6-122.1 and 6-122.2 6-122.11 and 6-122.12 6-122.11 and 6-122.12 7-7 and 7-8 7-7 and 7-8 7-10.1/(7-10.2 blank) 7-10.1/(7-10.2 blank) 7-19 and 7-20 7-19 and 7-20 7-23 and 7-24 7-23 and 7-24 7-27 and 7-28 7-27 and 7-28 7-31 and 7-32 7-31 and 7-32 7-37 and 7-38 7-37 and 7-38 7-43 thru 7-50 7-43 thru 7-50 7-53 thru 7-56 7-53 thru 7-56 7-59 thru 7-64 7-59 thru 7-64 7-67 thru 7-78 7-67 thru 7-78 7-81 thru 7-84 7-81 thru 7-84 none 7-84.1/(7-84.2 blank) 7-85 thru 7-88 7-85 thru 7-88 7-91 and 7-92 7-91 and 7-92 7-95 thru 7-98 7-95 thru 7-98 7-99 and 7-100 7-99 and 7-100 7-103 thru 7-118 7-103 thru 7-118 none 7-118.1/(7-118.2 blank) 7-119 and 7-120 7-119 and 7-120 7-123 thru 7-134 7-123 thru 7-134 7-137 thru 7-157/(7-158 blank) 7-137 thru 7-157/(7-158 blank) 8-1 thru 8-4 8-1 thru 8-4 8-7 and 8-8 8-7 and 8-8 8-11 and 8-12 8-11 and 8-12 8-17 and 8-18 8-17 and 8-18 8-21 and 8-22 8-21 and 8-22 8-25 thru 8-30 8-25 thru 8-30 8-33 and 8-34 8-33 and 8-34 2 of 4 Remove Pages Insert Pages 8-37 thru 8-44 8-47 thru 8-54 9-3 thru 9-6 9-11 and 9-12 9-15 and 9-16 9-19 and 9-20 none 9-21 and 9-22 9-25 and 9-26 9-35 and 9-36 none 9-37 and 9-38 9-65 and 9-66 9-81 thru 9-84 9-87 and 9-88 9-91 and 9-92 none DA 2028 sample F & B DA 2028 F & B DA 2028 F & B DA 2028 F & B Cover 8-37 thru 8-44 8-47 thru 8-54 9-3 thru 9-6 9-11 and 9-12 9-15 and 9-16 9-19 and 9-20 9-20.1/(9-20.2 blank) 9-21 and 9-22 9-25 and 9-26 9-35 and 9-36 9-36.1/(9-36.2 blank) 9-37 and 9-38 9-65 and 9-66 9-81 thru 9-84 9-87 and 9-88 9-91 and 9-92 9-92.1/(9-91.2 blank) DA 2028 sample F & B DA 2028 F & B DA 2028 F & B DA 2028 F & B Cover File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. 3 of 4 By Order of the Secretary of the Army: DENNIS J. REIMER General, United States Army Chief of Staff Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 05642 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 380653, requirements for TM 9-2320-279-34-1. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 C2 CHANGE HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Washington D.C., 12 November, 1989 NO. 2 TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE DIRECT 977 SUPPORT SERIES, 8 x MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS AND 8 GENERAL HEAVY EXPANDED SUPPORT MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) NSN MODEL TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 2320-01-097-0260 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-097-0249 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M963 2320-01-097-0247 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 TRUCK, 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-097-0261 WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-100-7673 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 2320-01-194-7032 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985E1 2320-01-194-7031 TM 9-2320-279-34-1, 3 June 1987, is changed as follows: 1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. 2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. 3. Minor changes to illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand. 4. Illustrations that are new or that have major revisions are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the illustration identification number. Remove Pages Insert Pages 7-51 and 7-52 7-51 and 7-52 7-73 thru 7-76 7-73 thru 7-76 9-21 and 9-22 9-21 and 9-22 File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes. By Order of the Secretary of the Army: CARL General, Official: E. United VUONO States Army Chief of Staff R. L. DILWORTH Brigadier General, United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38, Direct Support and General Support maintenance requirements for Truck, Cargo, 10-ton, 8x8, Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck, HEMTT, M977, M978, M983, M984, M985. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES/WORK PACKAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATE LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES NOTE: The portion of text affected by the updates is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins of the page. Updates to illustrations are indicated by miniature pointing hands. Updates to wiring diagrams are indicated by shaded areas. Dates of issue for original and updated pages/work packages are: O r iginal. . . 0 . . . . . . . Change . . . 1 . . . . . . . Change . . . 2 . . . . . . . Change . . . 3 . . . . . . . 3 June 1987 28 Sept 1989 12 November 1989 15 December 1998 Change Change Change Change ... ... ... ... 4 5 6 7 . . . . . . . 15 December 2000 . . . . . .15 . February 2002 . . . . . . . 15 December 2003 . . . . . . . 1 July 2005 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 780 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Cover 7 2-29 - 2-80 0 3-1 0 Blank 7 2-81 3 3-2 5 a-b 0 2-82 - 2-101 0 3-3 - 3-6 0 c-d 7 2-102 3 3-7 3 i - ii 6 2-102.1 3 3-8 - 3-12 0 ii.1 6 2-102.2 Blank 0 3-13 3 ii.2 blank 6 iii 0 2-103 - 2-116 0 3-14 5 iv - v 3 2-117 2 3-15 0 vi - viii 1 2-118 - 2-119 0 3-16 3 1-1 7 2-120 2 3-17 - 3-19 0 1-2 - 1-8 0 2-121 0 3-20 3 2-1 0 2-122 2 3-21 - 3-24 0 2-2 6 2-123 - 2-126 0 3-25 3 2-3 - 2-4 0 2-126.1 - 2-126.6 0 3-26 - 3-28 0 2-5 - 2-8 6 2-127 0 3-29 4 2-9 - 2-22 0 2-128 - 2-136 6 3-30 - 3-31 0 2-22.1 - 2-22.2 0 2-136.1 - 2-136.8 3 3-32 4 2-23 - 2-24 0 2-137 0 4-1 - 4-3 0 2-24.1 0 2-138 3 4-4 Blank 0 2-24.2 Blank 0 2-138.1 3 5-1 - 5-4 0 2-25 3 2-138.2 Blank 3 6-1 5 2-26 - 2-28 0 2-139 0 6-2 3 3 6-3 - 6-7 0 2-28.1 - 2-28.8 0 2-140 * Zero in this column indicates an original page. A TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES/WORK PACKAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATE . Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. 6-8 3 6-122.11 3 7-56 3 6-9 - 6-13 0 6-122.12 0 7-57 - 7-59 0 6-14 3 6-122.13 5 7-60 - 7-61 3 6-14.1 - 6-14.14 5 6-122.14 Blank 5 7-62 0 6-15 5 6-123 0 7-63 - 7-64 3 6-16 0 6-124 5 7-65 - 7-66 0 6-17 5 6-125 - 6-130 0 7-67 3 6-18 - 6-64 0 6-131 - 6-132 5 7-68 - 7-69 5 6-64.1 - 6-64.6 0 6-133 5 7-70 0 6-65 - 6-70 0 6-134 Blank 5 7-71 5 6-70.1 - 6-70.8 0 7-1 - 7-7 0 7-72 3 6-71 - 6-72 0 7-8 3 7-73 2 6-73 7 7-9 - 7-10 0 7-74 - 7-75 3 6-74 - 6-83 0 7-10.1 3 7-76 0 6-84 7 7-10.2 Blank 3 7-77 - 7-78 3 6-84.1 7 7-11 - 7-19 0 7-79 - 7-80 0 6-84.2 Blank 7 7-20 3 7-81 - 7-84 3 6-85 - 6-86 0 7-21 - 7-22 0 7-84.1 3 6-87 5 7-23 3 7-84.2 Blank 3 6-88 - 6-91 0 7-24 - 7-26 0 7-85 0 6-92 - 6-93 3 7-27 3 7-86 3 6-94 - 6-95 0 7-28 - 7-30 0 7-87 0 6-96 5 7-31 3 7-88 3 6-97 0 7-32 0 7-89 - 7-90 0 6-98 - 6-99 3 7-32.1 0 7-91 - 7-92 3 6-100 - 6-104 0 7-32.2 Blank 0 7-93 - 7-95 0 6-105 5 7-33 - 7-37 0 7-96 - 7-97 3 6-106 - 6-110 0 7-38 3 7-98 - 7-99 0 6-111 5 7-39 - 7-42 0 7-100 3 6-112 - 6-113 0 7-43 - 7-44 3 7-101 - 7-102 0 6-114 5 7-45 0 7-103 - 7-105 3 6-115 - 6-119 0 7-46 - 7-48 3 7-106 0 6-120 5 7-49 0 7-107 - 7-108 3 6-121 - 6-122 0 7-50 3 7-109 0 6-122.1 0 7-51 0 7-110 - 7-115 3 6-122.2 3 7-52 2 7-116 - 7-117 0 3 7-118 3 0 7-118.1 3 7-53 6-122.3 7-54 - 7-55 6-122.10 0 * Zero in this column indicates an original page. B TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES/WORK PACKAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATE . Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. 7-118.2 Blank 0 8-5 - 8-6 0 9-15 0 7-119 - 7-120 3 8-7 3 9-16 7 7-121 - 7-122 0 8-8 3 9-17 - 9-19 0 7-123 3 8-9 - 8-11 0 9-20 3 7-124 0 8-12 3 9-20.1 3 7-125 3 8-13 - 8-17 0 9-20.2 Blank 3 7-126 0 8-18 3 9-21 - 9-22 3 7-127 3 8-19 - 8-20 0 9-23 - 9-25 0 7-128 0 8-21 - 8-22 3 9-26 3 7-129 3 8-23 - 8-24 0 9-27 - 9-35 0 7-130 0 8-25 - 8-29 3 9-36 3 7-131 - 7-133 3 8-30 - 8-32 0 9-36.1 3 7-134 - 7-137 0 8-33 - 8-34 3 9-36.2 Blank 3 7-138 - 7-140 3 8-35 - 8-37 0 9-37 - 9-38 3 7-141 0 8-38 3 9-39 - 9-64 0 7-142 - 7-145 3 8-39 - 8-40 0 9-65 3 7-146 0 8-41 - 8-43 3 9-66 - 9-81 0 7-147 3 8-44 - 8-46 0 9-82 3 7-148 - 7-149 0 8-47 3 9-83 0 7-150 - 7-151 3 8-48 0 9-84 3 7-152 5 8-49 - 8-53 3 9-85 - 9-86 0 7-152.1 - 7-152.2 5 8-54 - 8-56 0 9-87 3 7-153 3 9-1 - 9-2 0 9-88 - 9-89 0 7-154 - 7-155 0 9-3 3 9-90 7 7-156 - 7-157 3 9-4 0 9-91 - 9-92 3 7-158 Blank 3 9-5 3 9-92.1 3 8-1 0 9-6 - 9-10 0 9-92.2 Blank 3 8-2 3 9-11 - 9-12 3 9-93 - 9-96 0 8-2.1 0 9-13 0 Index 1 6 8-2.2 Blank 0 9-14 7 Index 2 0 8-3 0 9-14.1 7 Index 3 6 8-4 3 9-14.2 Blank 7 Index 4 - Index 10 0 * Zero in this column indicates an original page. C/(D blank) C TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY Washington, DC, 3 June 1987 No. 9-2320-279-34-1 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT M977 SERIES, 8 X 8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS (HEMTT) MODEL TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M977A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITH WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2 TRUCK, TANK, FUEL, WITHOUT WINCH, M978A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITHOUT CRANE, M983A2R1 TRUCK, TRACTOR, WITH WINCH, WITH CRANE, M983 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A1 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2 TRUCK, WRECKER-RECOVERY, M984A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITHOUT WINCH, M985A2R1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2 TRUCK, CARGO, WITH WINCH, M985E1A2R1 NSN 2320-01-097-0260 2320-01-493-3774 2320-01-493-3782 2320-01-099-6426 2320-01-493-3779 2320-01-493-3785 2320-01-097-0249 2320-01-492-8216 2320-01-492-8226 2320-01-100-7672 2320-01-492-8215 2320-01-492-8225 2320-01-097-0247 2320-01-492-8223 2320-01-492-8231 2320-01-099-6421 2320-01-097-0248 2320-01-195-7641 2320-01-492-8224 2320-01-492-8233 2320-01-097-0261 2320-01-492-8214 2320-01-493-3787 2320-01-100-7673 2320-01-492-8201 2320-01-493-3789 2320-01-194-7032 2320-01-493-3790 2320-01-493-3792 Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. Change 6 i TM 9-2320-279-34-1 REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this publication. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Equipment Technical Publications), through the Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) Web site. The Internet address is http://aeps.ria.army.mil. If you need a password, scroll down and click on “ACCESS REQUEST FORM.” The DA Form 2028 is located in the ONLINE FORMS PROCESSING section of the AEPS. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS will enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also mail, fax, or e-mail your letter or DA Form 2028 direct to: AMSTA--LC--CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM--RI, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. The e-mail address is [email protected]. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726. M983 with crane and M985E1 without winch are no longer in the fleet. Ignore all references to these vehicles. The M984E1 and M984A1 are the same vehicle. All references to M984E1 shall be interpreted as the M984A1 model. All references to M977 series vehicles shall be interpreted to include A2 and A2R1 models, unless otherwise noted. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii CHAPTER 1 Section I Section II Section III INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Description and Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1 1-7 1-8 CHAPTER 2 Section I Section II 2-1 2-1 Section III Section IV MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair Parts, Special Tools, and Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) and Support Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-2 2-137 CHAPTER 3 Section I Section II Section III ENGINE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-2 CHAPTER 4 Section I Section II FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Throttle Treadle Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 CHAPTER 5 Section I Section II COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 ii Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT) Page CHAPTER 6 Section I Section II Section III Section IV ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator and Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane System Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6-1 6-2 6-36 6-70.8 CHAPTER 7 Section I Section II Section III Section IV Section V Section VI Section VII Section VIII TRANSMISSION MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Pan and Internal Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear Unit and Main Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Bodies and Governor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-3 7-8 7-72 7-77 7-91 7-135 CHAPTER 8 Section I Section II Section III Section IV TRANSFER CASE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-44 8-52 CHAPTER 9 Section I Section II Section III Section IV AXLES NO. 1. AND NO. 2 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9-1 9-2 9-19 9-82 CHAPTER 10 Section I Section II Section III AXLES NO. 3 AND NO. 4 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10-1 10-1 10-15 Change 6Change ii.1/(ii.2 blank) 6 iii TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT) Page CHAPTER 11 BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Air Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section IV Air Compressor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section V Trailer Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER 12 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Steering Linkage and Gearbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Steering Gear and Slave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section IV Steering Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section V Steering System Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 11-1 11-1 11-5 11-18 11-33 12-1 12-1 12-1 12-19 12-42 12-48.13 CHAPTER 13 FRAME MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Fifth Wheel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 .......................................... CHAPTER 14 SUSPENSION MAINTENANCE Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Spring Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Lateral Torque Rod and Equalizer Beams. 14-1 CHAPTER 15 CAB AND BODY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Cab Assembly ..................................................................................................................... Section III Pump Module, Tank, and Cargo Bodies. 15-1 ......................................... CHAPTER 16 WINCH MAINTENANCE ................................................... Section I Introduction ............................................ Section II Self-Recovery Winch .............................................. Section III Heavy-Duty Winch 16-1 CHAPTER 17 M977 AND M985 CRANE MAINTENANCE Section I Introduction Section II Crane, Subframe, and Swing Drive. Section III Boom, Mast, and Extensions Section IV Cylinders Section V Hoist Section VI Crane Control Systems. Section VII Outriggers 13-1 13-2 13-91 14-1 14-1 14-11 15-1 15-2 15-26 16-1 16-2 16-22 17-1 17-1 17-2 17-50.10 17-70 17-93 17-119 17-156 CHAPTER 18 Deleted iii TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT) Page CHAPTER 19 POWER TAKEOFF (PTO) AND HYDRAULIC PUMP MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Power Take off (PT0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Hydraulic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1 19-1 19-1 19-12.10 CHAPTER 20 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Hand Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 20-1 20-1 20-5 CHAPTER 21 ARCTIC HEATER KIT MAINTENANCE. Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Arctic Heater Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1 21-1 21-1 CHAPTER 22 M978 TANKER MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . 22-1 22-1 22-2 22-10 22-31 22-44 22-47 22-105 Section I Section II Section III Section I Section IT Section III Section IV Section V Section VI Section VII Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump, Pump Motor, and Auxiliary Pump . . . Flow Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Eliminator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Service Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER 23 SPECIAL PURPOSE KIT INSTALLATION. Section I Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section II Arctic Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section III Armament Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section IV Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section V Chemical, Biological, and Radiological (CBR) Equipment 23-1 23-1 23-1 23-25 23-33 23-40 APPENDIXES A REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS C EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST D TORQUE LIMITS A-1 B-1 C-1 D-1 INDEX ................................................................... Index 1 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 iv Title M977 Cargo Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M978 Fuel Tanker Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M983 Tractor Vehicle with Material Handling Crane . M983 Tractor Vehicle without Material Handling Crane M984 Wrecker-Recovery Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M984A1 Wrecker-Recovery Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change 3 Page 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Figure 1-7 1-8 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 17-1 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-13 17-14 17-15 17-16 17-17 17-18 17-19 17-20 17-21 17-22 17-23 17-24 17-25 18-1 18-2 18-3 18-4 18-5 18-6 18-7 18-8 18-9 18-10 18-11 18-12 18-13 18-14 18-15 22-1 22-2 22-3 22-4 22-5 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (CONT) Title M985 Cargo Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M985E1 Cargo Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STE/ICE Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Control Valve (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Control Valve (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Back Pressure (No Load) (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Tester Setup (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Distribution Board Wiring Diagram (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V Electric Motors Test Circuit Schematic (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12V Electric Motors Tester Circuit Wiring Diagram (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arctic Coolant Pump Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescoping Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescoping Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mast Erection Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing Drive Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Hydraulic Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload Solenoid (M977 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift Cylinder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown Valves.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown Valves.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Hand Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extensions No. 3 and No. 4 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extensions No. 3 and No. 4 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes (Hoist Cable Tiedown Block Side) . . . Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hoist Cable Tiedown Block Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inner Boom Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unfolding Cylinders Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Hydraulic Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slewing System Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Control Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Control Valve Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker External Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker Filter and Manual Dispensing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker Dispensing Components-Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker Loading and Unloading Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker Gages, Air, and Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change Page 1-5 1-5 2-1 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-33 2-62 2-64 2-65 2-128 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-13 17-15 17-16 17-16.4 17-16.5 17-16.6 17-16.7 17-16.8 17-16.9 17-16.10 17-16.11 17-16.12 17-16.13 17-16.14 17-16.15 17.16.16 17-16.17 18-79 18-80 18-81 18-82 18-83 18-84 18-85 18-87 18-88 18-89 18-91 18-93 18-94 18-95 18-96 22-5 22-6 22-7 22-8 22-9 3 v TM 9-2320-279-34-1 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (CONT) Title Page Lifting Eyes (PN 2BH944). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detent Ball Compression Tool (Heavy-Duty Winch) (PN IPP161) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Hoist Drive Unit Pressure Plate Removal/Installation Tool (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arctic Heater Test Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Seat Tool (M983) (PN 2CS30) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seal Retainer Tool (M983) (PN 2CS31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5 Air Actuated Valve Spring Compression Tool (M978) (PN 2SK886). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Compressor Unloader Bore Bushing Removal Tool (PN 2BF829) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Compressor Cylinder Head Removal Tool (PN 2AH762) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanner Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoses and Hose Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking Strips.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locking Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Electrical Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 B-2 B-3 B-3 B-4 B-6 B-6 B-7 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-14 B-17 B-18 B-18 FP-1 FP-23 FP-29 Figure B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 FO-1 FO-2 FO-3 LIST OF TABLES Title Number 1-1 1-2 2-1 2-2 2-3 7-1 7-2 16-1 17-1 17-2 17-3 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-13 17-14 17-15 17-16 17-17 17-18 17-19 17-20 17-21 17-22 17-23 17-24 17-25 vi Nomenclature Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Significant Hazards and Safety Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting Subject Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Spring Load-Height Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring Load-Length Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compression Spring, Poppet Spring, and Spool Spring Load-Height Specifications . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescoping Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescoping Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom Cylinders, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mast Erection Cylindes, Hoses, and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing Drive Hoses and Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Hydraulic Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload Solenoid (M977 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main Lines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Hand Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change 1 Page 1-6 l-7 2-2 2-5 2-10 7-65 7-161 16-59 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-13 17-14 17-16 17-1.6.3 17-16.5 17-16.6 17-16.7 17-16.8 17-16.9 17-16.10 17-16.11 17-16.12 17-16.13 17-16.14 17-16.15 17-16.6 17-16.17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 LIST OF TABLES (CONT) Title Number 18-1 18-2 18-3 18-4 18-5 18-6 18-7 18-8 18-9 18-10 18-11 18-12 18-13 18-14 18-15 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 D-1 D-2 D-3 Page Extensions No. 3 and No. 4 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-79 Extensions No. 3 and No. 4 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-80 Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-81 Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes (Hoist Cable Tiedown Block Side). . . . . . . . 18-82 Extensions No. 1 and No. 2 Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-83 Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-84 Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hose Reel Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-85 Hoist Hoses and Tubes (Hoist Cable Tiedown Block Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-86 Inner Boom Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-88 Unfolding Cylinders Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-89 Main Hydraulic Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-90 Slewing System Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-92 Outrigger Control Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-94 Outrigger Hoses and Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-95 Main Control Valve Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-96 Hoses and Hose Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 Locking Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-17 Locking Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18 Harness Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-18 Torque Limits for Dry Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Torque Limits for Wet Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Dry Torque Limits for M983 Crane (Metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL This manual is designed to help maintain the M977 series vehicles. In addition to this manual TM 9-2320-354-24&P provides additional unique maintenance instructions for the M984 with HIAB 8109 crane and TM 9-2320-355-24&P provides additional unique maintenance instructions for the M985E1 with HIAB 8108 crane. Listed below are some of the special features which have been put into help locate and use needed information. The front cover index provides a quick reference to chapters and sections that will be used often. The appendixes are located at the end of the manual. They contain a reference guide to other manuals, a manufactured items list, a list of expendable supplies and materials, and tables for torque values. Subject headings and certain other essential information are printed in bold type throughout the manual to make them more visible. The maintenance tasks describe what must be done to the vehicle before starting the task, and what must be done to return the vehicle to operating condition after the task is finished. The manual is divided into chapters containing direct support and general support maintenance procedures. These procedures describe a number of things such as: What will be needed to do the job. If any assistance will be needed. How long the job will take. Important safety precautions. In addition to the text, there will be an exploded-view illustration of most steps. This illustration is keyed to the text and shows you how to take the part off and put it on. Cleaning and inspection procedures are also included when required. The following problem will describe some of the features of this manual. PROBLEM The vehicle operator brings an M977 vehicle into the shop with a problem. Whenever the crane is operated, the remote controller will not operate the crane. Organizational maintenance troubleshooting has been completed and trouble has not been fixed. vii Change 1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 1. 2 . What kind of problem is it? Find it in the symptom index. There are two symptom indexes in the Troubleshooting section. One is arranged alphabetically by fault symptom and the other is arranged alphabetically by subject/symptom. The symptom causing the problem might be in the Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index under Material Handling Crane or Hydraulic System. In the Subject/Symptom Index, it might be under Remote Controller, or Crane. When the symptom to the problem is found, go to the troubleshooting procedure page listed for that symptom. For example, look for “Remote Controller will not operate crane.” 3 . How can the cause of the problem be determined? Go to page 2-83. Troubleshooting for CRANE WILL NOT OPERATE MANUALLY OR WITH REMOTE CONTROLLER is on that page. The troubleshooting procedures have columns with the headings: MALFUNCTION, TEST OR INSPECTION, and CORRECTIVE ACTION. Starting at step 1, read the procedure. Each step describes what to do and what to look for. Follow the steps, in order, to troubleshoot the symptom until the problem is found. When the problem is found, the CORRECTIVE ACTION column will describe how to fix it. 4 . Let’s assume it was determined that the two-way solenoid valve is bad. The replacement is in paragraph 17-32. The procedure contains all the information needed to replace the two-way solenoid valve. First, check the introductory material. It tells what will be needed before starting the job. Following the introductory material is an exploded-view illustration and step-by-step instructions which show how to remove and install the two-way solenoid valve. FOLLOW THESE GUIDELINES WHEN USING THIS MANUAL: Become familiar with the entire maintenance procedure before beginning a maintenance task. Read all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before performing any procedures. viii Change 1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Contents Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destruction of Army Material to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparation for Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nomenclature Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Digest (EIR MD) and Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Summary (EIR MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Location and Description of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differences Between Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety, Care, and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Para 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 Page 1-1 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-8 Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION Vehicle Models 1-1. SCOPE. This chapter provides general information, equipment description, and principles of operation for the M977 series vehicles. a. Type of Manual: Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Instructions, TM9-2320-279-34. b. Model Numbers and Equipment Names. The different vehicle models are listed below: M977: M978: M983: M984: M984A1: M985: M985E1: Cargo vehicle, with self-recovery winch (fig. 1-1). Cargo vehicle, without self-recovery winch. Fuel tanker vehicle, with self-recovery winch (fig. 1-2). Fuel tanker vehicle, without self-recovery winch. Tractor vehicle, with self-recovery winch and material handling crane (fig. 1-3). Tractor vehicle, with self-recovery winch, without material handling crane (fig 1-4). Wrecker-recovery vehicle (fig. 1-5). Wrecker-recovery vehicle (fig. 1-6). Cargo vehicle, with self-recovery winch (fig. 1-7). Cargo vehicle, without self-recovery winch. Cargo vehicle, with self-recovery winch (fig. 1-8). Cargo vehicle, without self-recovery winch. c. Purpose of Equipment. The M977 series vehicles are a family of 8 x 8 vehicles for tactical use. The purposes of the vehicles are as follows. (1) The M977 cargo vehicle is used for ammunition and other resupply missions. (2) The M978 tanker vehicle is used to refuel wheel and track vehicles and for other fuel resupply missions. (3) The M983 tractor is used to transport Patriot missiles. (4) The M984 and M984A1 wrecker-recovery vehicles are the prime recovery vehicles of the M977 series. (5) The M985 cargo vehicle is used to resupply the Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS). (6) The M985E1 cargo vehicle is used to resupply the Patriot Missile System. Change 7 1-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 1-1. Figure 1-1. Figure 1-2. 1-2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Figure 1-3. Figure 1-4. 1-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 1-1. Figure 1-5. Figure 1-6. 1-4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Vehicle Models (Cont) Figure 1-7. Figure 1-8. M985E1 Cargo Vehicle. Equipment and Maintenance Reports 1-2. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be as specified in the latest edition of DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS). 1-3. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE. Command decision, according to the tactical situation, will determine when the destruction of the M977 series vehicles will be accomplished. A destruction plan will be prepared by the using organization unless one has been prepared by a higher authority. For general destruction procedures for this equipment, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use (U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command). 1-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Equipment and Maintenance Reports (Cont) 1-4. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT. Instructions for preparation for storage or shipment are provided in TM 9-2320-279-20. 1-5. NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE. Table 1-1 lists the nomenclature cross-references used in this manual. Table 1-1. Nomenclature Cross-Reference Common Name Official Nomenclature O-ring Snap ring Engine coolant Cold start system Jake brake, Jacobs® brake Cable Glad hand Preformed packing Retaining ring Antifreeze, ethylene glycol mixture Ether quick-start system Engine retarder Wire rope Quick disconnect coupling 1-6. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR). If any vehicle needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. The user is the only one who can tell us how the equipment might be improved. Let us know what isn’t liked about the design. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, ATTN: AMSTA-QRT, Warren, MI 48397-5000. We’ll send a reply. 1-7. EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT REPORT AND MAINTENANCE DIGEST (EIR MD) AND EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT REPORT AND MAINTENANCE SUMMARY (EIR MS).The quarterly Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Digest, TB 43-0001-39 series, contains valuable field information on the equipment covered in this manual. The information in the TB 43-0001-39 series is compiled from some of the Quality Deficiency Reports that have been prepared on the vehicles covered in this manual. Many of these articles result from comments, suggestions, and improvement recommendations that were submitted to the EIR program. The TB 43-0001-39 series contains information on equipment improvements, minor alterations, proposed Modification Work Orders (MWO’s), warranties (if applicable), actions taken on some of the DA Form 2028’s (Recommended Changes to Publications), and advance information on proposed changes that may affect this manual. In addition, the more maintenance significant articles, including minor alterations, field-fixes, etc., that have a more permanent and continuing need in the field are republished in the Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Summary (EIR MS) for TACOM Equipment (TM 43-1043). Refer to both of these publications (TB 43-0001-39 series and TM 43-1043) periodically, especially the TB 43-0001-39 series, for most current and authoritative information on the equipment. The information will help to do a better job and will advise of the latest changes to this manual. Also refer to DA Pam 310-1, Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms, and Appendix A, References, of this manual. 1-8. WARRANTY INFORMATION. The M977 series vehicles are warranted by Oshkosh Truck Corporation for 12 months or 12,000 miles (19 308 km), whichever comes first. For complete information covering this warranty, refer to Warranty Technical Bulletin, TB 9-2300-295-15/19. Warranty starts on the date found in block 23, DA Form 2408-9, in the logbook. Report all defects in material or workmanship to the supervisor, who will take appropriate action. 1-9. METRIC SYSTEM. The equipment described herein contains metric components and requires metric common and special tools; therefore, metric units in addition to English units will be used throughout this manual. An English-to-metric conversion table is included as the last page of this manual inside the back cover. 1-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Section Il. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA Features and Technical Data 1-10. VEHICLE DESCRIPTION. The M977 series vehicles are 8x8, on/off road vehicles produced in a number of different configurations. For equipment operation data, refer to operator instructions, TM 9-2320-279-10, TM 9-2320-354-10, and TM 9-2320-355-10. 1-11. EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-10 for equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features. 1-12. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-10 for location and description of components. 1-13. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-20 for major differences between models. 1-14. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING. a. Significant Hazards and Safety Recommendations. Significant hazards and safety recommendations are listed in Table 1-2. Table 1-2. Significant Hazards and Safety Recommendations Operating Condition 1 Hazard Safety Recommendation or Precaution Low air pressure for brakes. Do not drive vehicle while low air pressure warning buzzer is sounding or red light is on. Abnormal Vehicle instability with crane use. Ensure that outriggers are down on firm ground, side slope does not exceed five degrees, and crane is not overloaded. Abnormal Fire with M978 tanker. No smoking, flames, or sparks within 50 feet (15 m). Disconnect batteries for all electrical work. Normal Fuel spills with M978 tanker. Test tank automatic shutoff before bottom loading per procedure in instructions. Do not bypass dead-man controls. Do not go between vehicles until vehicles are stopped and brakes are set. Abnormal Shut off engine and no smoking when filling tank. Normal Connecting towing devices. Refueling vehicle. Normal 1 Category of hazards as to whether or not they maybe expected under normal or abnormal operating conditions. b. Cranes. Material handling cranes for models M977, M983, M984, M984E1, M985, and M985E1 all have overload shutdown and/or tilt warning (unstable) systems. (1) On M983, M984, and M985E1 models a yellow caution light and an audible warning signal alert the operator when an unstable crane condition occurs. (2) On all models an overload shutdown system prevents overloading the crane. The system will shut down the crane to prevent hoisting, swinging, or boom extension when an overload condition exists. Load lowering and boom retraction functions will not be affected. 1-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Features and Technical Data (Cont) 1-14. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING (CONT). c. Crane Operating Instruction Plate Locations: (1) The crane operating instruction plates are located on the heater compartment cover in the cab, and at each of the fixed operating stations. (2) The outrigger leg signs are located on each of the outrigger cylinders. (3) The load capacity signs are located at the main and auxiliary control panels. Section Ill. 1-15. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION. 1-8 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-20. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Para Page Contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Common Tools and Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Troubleshooting Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Troubleshooting Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 General Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Lubrication Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Preparation for Storage and Shipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Pre-Embarkation Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Section I. 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-137 2-139 2-140 2-140 INTRODUCTION 2-1. GENERAL. This chapter provides information on tools, general maintenance, and troubleshooting at direct support and general support maintenance levels for M977 series vehicles. Preparation for storage and pre-embarkation inspection are also covered. Section Il. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT Parts, Tools, and Test Equipment 2-2. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. There are common tools and general mechanics tool sets required for maintenance of the vehicle. For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit. 2-3. SPECIAL TOOLS. Special tools for direct support and general support maintenance are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL) in TM 9-2320-279-34P which is your authority for requisitioning. 2-4. TEST EQUIPMENT. The M977 series vehicles are equipped with a diagnostic connector for Simplified Test Equipment/Internal Combustion Engine (STE/ICE). The STE/ICE connector (fig. 2-1) is located on passenger side of the cab. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-20 for STE/ICE tests. Figure 2-1. STE/lCE Connector. 2-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Parts, Tools, and Test Equipment (Cont) 2-5. REPAIR PARTS. Repair parts authorized for use at the direct support and general support maintenance level are listed and illustrated in Repair Parts and Special Tools Lists (RPSTL). Section III. TROUBLESHOOTING 2-6. TROUBLESHOOTING INTRODUCTION. This section contains step by step procedures for identifying, locating, isolating, and repairing M977 series vehicle and component malfunctions. Refer to TM 9-2320-354-24&P and TM 9-2320-355-24&P to troubleshoot crane problems on the M984 and M985E1 vehicles. 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS. The Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index (Table 2-1) lists common malfunctions by vehicle system. The Troubleshooting Subject Index (Table 2-2) lists common malfunctions alphabetically. The Troubleshooting Procedures (Table 2-3) lists each malfunction followed by tests, inspections, and corrective actions. a. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests, inspections, or corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed or is not corrected by listed corrective actions, notify the supervisor. b. Do the tests and inspections in the order listed, and try to return the vehicle or component to operation after each test, inspection, and corrective action has been performed. c. Refer to the figures and foldouts listed below while doing troubleshooting. They will help to isolate and locate troubles and get the vehicle back in service as quickly as possible. Folds are found at the end of this manual. Figure 2-2 Figure 2-3 Figure 2-4 Figure 2-5 Figure 2-6 Figure 2-7 Figure 2-8 Figure 2-9 Figure 2-10 Foldout 1 Foldout 2 Foldout 3 Main Control Valve (M983) Outrigger Control Valve (M983) System Back Pressure (No Load) (M983) Pressure Tester Setup (M983) Power Distribution Board Wiring Diagram (M983) 12v Electric Motor Tester Circuit Schematic (M983) 12v Electric Motor Tester Circuit Wiring Diagram (M983) Arctic Coolant Pump Test (Model A) Arctic Heater Fault Codes (Model B) Hydraulic Schematics Crane Wiring Diagrams Crane Electrical Schematics Troubleshooting Index Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index Troubleshooting Procedure Page ENGINE 1. Engine high idle does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 TRANSMISSION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2-2 Transmission oil temperature gage stays over 250_F (121_C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission will not shift into gear, slips out of gear or operates erratically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil leaking at converter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excessive creep in first and reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change 6 2-12 2-13 2-15 2-16 2-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index (Cont) TRANSMISSION (CONT) 6. Automatic shifts occur at too high speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 7. Automatic shifts occur at too low speed or shifts rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 8. Vehicle moves in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 9. Transmission slips in all forward gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 10. High stall speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 11. Low stall speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1. One or more hydraulic circuits inoperative (retriever, crane, winches, tanker pump) . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 2. Winch or crane hoist jerks when operated or will not pull load . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 3. Retriever or cylinders do not operate smoothly or will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 4. One or more hydraulic circuits inoperative (fair lead tensioner, steering). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22.2 5. Steering is not smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22.2 STEERING SYSTEM 1. Wheel turns restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 2. Vehicle steers hard in one or both directions (all except M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 3. Steering is not smooth (seizing, binding) (all except M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 4. Vehicle steers hard in one or both directions (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 5. Steering is not smooth (seizing, binding) (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 TANKER SYSTEM 1. Flow meter does not operate (not registering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2. No flow through meter or meter runs too slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 SELF-RECOVERY WINCH 1. Self-recovery winch does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 HEAVY-DUTY WINCH (M984) 1. Winch cable will not payout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 2. Winch will not pull load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 3. Winch makes excessive or unusual noise, or operates slowly or jerks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 HEAVY-DUTY WINCH (M984E1) 1. Winch will not operate in remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 2. Winch will not pull load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28.1 3. Winch makes excessive or unusual noise or operates slowly or jerks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28.2 4. Winch will not operate in either direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28.3 5. Winch operates in only one direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28.5 6. Winch high speed does not operate or winch does not shift to lower speed under heavy load . 2-28.6 7. Fairlead tensioner motor does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28.8 MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M983) 1. Crane chatters when nearing maximum travel in any function or when operating with near maximum load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2. Hoist operates slowly or will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 3. Hoist will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 4. Hoist will not lower load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 5. Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not extend or will not fully extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 6. Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not hold load extended or retracted or creeps . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 7. Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not retract or will not fully retract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 2-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-1. MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M983) (CONT) 8. Boom extension no. 1 or no. 2 will not extend or will not fully extend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 9. Boom extension no. 1 or no. 2 will not hold load extended or retracted, or creeps . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. Boom extensions no. 1 and no. 2 will not retract or will not fully retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Boom will not lower or will not lower completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Boom will not go to maximum height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Boom will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Boom lowers under load or will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Crane will not unfold or will not unfold completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Crane will not fold completely or folds slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Crane folds too quickly (falls when folding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Boom moves slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Crane does not rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Crane rotates slowly in one direction, but rotates normally in other direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Crane creeps clockwise or counterclockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Outrigger will not extend or retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Outrigger will not support load or creeps upward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Crane operating levers not moving in remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Crane will not operate in one or more remote control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 One function rod returns to neutral, but does not respond to controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Crane operation is not smooth in remote control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67 Control rods do not move completely in or out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70 Crane will not raise or extend in remote operation, but will lower and retract and swing works in both directions (overload protection circuit malfunction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71 No visual or audible tilt alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76 Crane outrigger extended light does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 Remote controller operating, but crane will not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78 Crane starts to move as soon as remote controller is connected and turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 2-4 Crane will not operate manually or with remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger operation slow or erratic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger beam will not extend or retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger leg (left or right) will not support load or extend and retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mast raises or lowers erratically, slowly, or will not raise and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mast will not hold raised position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom operates abnormally, slowly, will not telescope in or out, or raise or lower . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom operation erratic when telescoping in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom will not telescope out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom will not telescope in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom raises or lowers slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom will not raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom will not lower (M977, M984E1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist will not raise load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist will not lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist operation slow when lowering or raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81 2-85 2-85 2-86 2-87 2-89 2-90 2-99 2-100 2-101 2-103 2-103 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-112 2-114 2-115 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Fault Symptom Index (Cont) Troubleshooting Procedure Page MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985) (CONT) 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Hoist lowers load too quickly (load drives hoist motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing operation slow or erratic in both directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing operation erratic or slow in one direction only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing system will not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing motor continues to operate when swing control is in neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing motor noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane controls sticking or control will not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane bounces or jerks or does not operate smoothly when crane controls are operated or returned to neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote controller will not operate crane in one function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115 2-117 2-119 2-122 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-126.1 2-126.2 RETRIEVAL SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. 4. Lift cylinder will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift cylinder will not extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tow cylinder will not extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tow cylinder will not retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126.5 2-126.5 2-126.5 2-126.5 ARCTIC HEATER 1. 2. Coolant pump fails to operate (indicator light comes on) (Model A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128 Arctic heater diagnostic troubleshooting (Direct Level) (Model B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-129 Table 2-2. Troubleshooting Subject Index Subject Arctic heater diagnostic troubleshooting (Direct Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic shifts occur at too high speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic shifts occur at too low speed or shifts rough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boom extension no. 1 or no. 2 will not extend or will not fully extend . . . Vehicle System Page Arctic Heater (Model B) . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . 2-129 2-18 2-19 Boom extension no. 1 or no. 2 will not hold load extended or retracted, or creeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom extensions no. 1 and no. 2 will not retract or will not fully retract Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not extend or will not fully extend Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not hold load extended or retracted, or creeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom extensions no. 3 and no. 4 will not retract or will not fully retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Change 6 2-39 2-40 2-41 2-37 2-38 2-38 2-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-2. Subject Troubleshooting Subject Index (Cont) Vehicle System Boom lowers under load or will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom moves slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom operation erratic when telescoping in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom operates abnormally, slowly, will not telescope in or out, or raise or lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom raises or lowers slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not telescope out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not go to maximum height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom will not lower (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not lower or will not lower completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Boom will not raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not raise load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Boom will not telescope in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Cable, winch will not pay out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy Duty Winch . . . . . . Control rods do not move complete in or out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Coolant pump fails to operate (indicator light comes on) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arctic Heater Kit (Model A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane bounces, jerks, or does not operate smoothly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Crane chatters when nearing maximum travel in any function or when operating with near maximum load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane controls sticking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Crane controls will not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Crane creeps clockwise or counterclockwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane does not rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane folds too quickly (falls when folding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Change 6 Page 2-47 2-50 2-93 2-90 2-87 2-100 2-44 2-107 2-45 2-106 2-42 2-100 2-100 2-101 2-27 2-69 2-128 2-124 2-32 2-123 2-123 2-54 2-54 2-50 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) Table 2-2. Subject Troubleshooting Subject Index (Cont) Vehicle System Crane jerks when operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Crane operating levers not moving in remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane operation is not smooth in remote control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane outrigger extended light does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane overload protection circuit malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane rotates slowly in one direction, but rotates normally in other direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane starts to move as soon as remote controller is connected and turned on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane will not fold completely or folds slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane will not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Crane will not operate in one or more remote control functions . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Crane will not unfold or will not unfold completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Engine high idle does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excessive creep in first and reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Flowmeter does not operate (not registering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High idle does not operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High stall speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist lowers load too quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Hoist operates slowly or will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Hoist operation slow when lowering or raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Hoist will not hold load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Cranes (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . Hoist will not lower load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Cranes (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic circuits inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic oil is foamy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift cylinder will not extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieval System (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift cylinder will not lift load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieval System (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change 6 Page 2-22 2-124 2-54 2-69 2-77 2-73 2-54 2-82 2-48 2-83 2-61 2-47 2-10 2-17 2-24 2-10 2-21 2-113 2-34 2-114 2-35 2-113 2-36 2-112 2-22 2-22 2-126.5 2-126.5 2-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-2. Subject Troubleshooting Subject Index (Cont) Vehicle System Load drives hoist motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Low stall speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Mast raises or lowers erratically or slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Mast will not hold raised position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Mast will not raise and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Meter runs too slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No flow through meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No visual or audible tilt alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Oil in reservoir is foamy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil leaking at converter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . One or more hydraulic circuits inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger beam will not extend or retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Outrigger leg will not extend or retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Outrigger leg will not support load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, (M985) . . Outrigger operation slow or erratic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Outrigger will not extend or retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Outrigger will not support load or creeps upward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Overload protection circuit malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Remote control function rod does not respond to controller . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Remote controller operating, but crane will not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . Remote controller will not operate crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Remote controller will not operate in one function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . Rough shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . Self-recovery winch does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self-Recovery Winch . . . . Steering is not smooth (seizing, binding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering wheel turns restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing motor continues to operate when swing control is in neutral position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . 2-8 Change 6 Page 2-113 2-21 2-87 2-89 2-87 2-25 2-25 2-76 2-22 2-16 2-22 2-85 2-86 2-86 2-85 2-55 2-57 2-71 2-64 2-78 2-126.2 2-126.2 2-19 2-26 2-24 2-23 2-124 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Index (Cont) Table 2-2. Troubleshooting Subject Index (Cont) Subject Vehicle System Page Swing motor noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . 2-125 Swing operation slow or erratic in both directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . 2-117 Swing operation erratic or slow in one direction only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . 2-119 Swing system will not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M977, M985) . . . 2-122 Tilt alarms do not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material Handling Crane (M983) . . . . . . . . . 2-76 Tow cylinder will not extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieval System (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126.5 Tow cylinder will not retract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieval System (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126.5 Transmission oil temperature gage stays over 250°F (121 °C) . . . . . . . . . . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Transmission oil leaks at converter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Transmission operates erratically. . . . . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Transmission shifts at too low speed . . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Transmission shifts at too high speed . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Transmission slips in all forward gears Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Transmission slips out of gear. . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Transmission will not shift into gear . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Transmission shifts roughly . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Transmission noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Vehicle wanders from side to side . . . . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Vehicle moves in Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle pulls to one side . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Vehicle steers hard in one or both directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Wheel turns restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Winch cable will not payout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Winch . . . . . 2-27 Winch does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Self-Recovery Winch. . . . 2-26 Winch jerks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Winch . . . . . . 2-28 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Winch makes excessive or unusual noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Winch . . . . . 2-28 Winch operates slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Winch . . . . . 2-28 Winch or crane jerks when operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Winch will not pull load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Winch . . . . . 2-27 2-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ENGINE 1. ENGINE HIGH IDLE DOES NOT OPERATE. NOTE On M984, winch remote controller switch must be operated instead of LATCH switch. Step 1. Check that throttle control solenoid operates when ENGINE, PTO ENGAGE, and LATCH switches are set to ON. Replace solenoid if solenoid does not click (TM 9-2815-224-34&P). Step 2. Check engine governor adjustment (TM 9-2815-224-34&P). Adjust engine governor. 2-10 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION Perform transmission stall test when power package (engine and transmission) is not performing satisfactorily. Purpose of test is to find out if transmission or engine is defective. WARNING Apply both parking and service brakes when performing transmission stall test. Block wheels to prevent forward or reverse movement. In the event of brake failure and/or improper blocking of wheels, vehicle can suddenly move forward or backward and may cause personal injury or death. Chock wheels to prevent forward or reverse movement. Set parking brake (TM 9-2320-279-10). Start engine and set service brakes. Put transfer case in high position, and set transmission to 2 position. CAUTION Do not maintain stall condition longer than 30 seconds. Transmission oil can become overheated and damage to transmission may occur. Do not allow temperature to exceed 300 °F (140 °C). Keep close check to prevent engine cooling system from overheating. Accelerate engine to full throttle. Write down maximum rpm engine will run (torque converter stall speed). Stall speed should be 2100 rpm ( ± 150 rpm). If high engine speed is noted, go to MALFUNCTION 9. If engine speed is low, go to MALFUNCTION 10. 2-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 1. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE STAYS OVER 250 °F (121 °C). Step 1. Check for low lubrication oil pressure. Remove oil line from transmission lube port and install tee and 0 to 100 psi (0 to 690 kPa) gage. Start engine and increase speed to approximately 1900 rpm. Check for 25 to 30 psi (172 to 207 kPa) lube system pressure. If pressure is 25 to 30 psi (172 to 207 kPa), disassemble transmission and check for damaged torque converter (para 7-7, 7-8). Step 2. Check for low main pressure. Remove oil line from main pressure port on transmission and install tee and 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 070 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to run at idle speed. With parking brake applied, shift transmission into DRIVE. Check for 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa) main system pressure. If pressure is 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa), disassemble transmission and inspect lubrication pressure regulator and converter bypass valve for damage (para 7-9, 7-20). 2-12 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 1. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE STAYS OVER 250 °F (121 °C) (CONT). Step 3. Check for clogged internal filter element. Remove oil pan (para 7-11). Inspect filter element. If internal filter element is clogged, replace internal filter element (para 7-12). Step 4. Check for damaged or missing preformed packing on internal filter pickup tube. If preformed packing is damaged or missing, replace preformed packing (para 7-12). If preformed packing is not damaged or missing, disassemble transmission and inspect oil pump, main pressure regulator valve, and control valve body for loose screws and sticking valves (paras 7-8, 7-9, 7-20). 2. TRANSMISSION NOISY. Step 1. Check for low lubrication oil pressure. Remove and plug lubrication oil line from lube port. Install 0 to 100 psi (0 to 690 kPa) gage at lube port. Start engine and increase speed to approximately 1900 rpm. Check for 25 to 30 psi (172 to 207 kPa) lube system pressure. If pressure is 25 to 30 psi (172 to 207 kPa), disassemble transmission and check torque converter, planetary gear assemblies, and bearings for damage (paras 7-7, 7-8, 7-9, and 7-13). 2-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 2. TRANSMISSION NOISY (CONT). Step 2. Check for low main pressure. Remove line from main pressure port on transmission and install tee and 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 070 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to run at idle speed. With parking brake applied, shift transmission into DRIVE. Check for 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa) main system pressure. If pressure is 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa), disassemble transmission and inspect lubrication pressure regulator and converter bypass valve for damage (paras 7-9, 7-20). Inspect all other moving parts for damage from lack of oil. Step 3. Check for clogged internal filter element. Remove internal filter element (para 7-12). If filter element is clogged, replace filter element (para 7-12). If filter element is not clogged, check for damaged or missing preformed packing on pick-up tube. Replace damaged or missing preformed packing (para 7-12). If transmission is still noisy, disassemble transmission, inspect oil pump, main pressure regulator valve, converter bypass valve, and lubrication pressure regulator for damage (paras 7-8, 7-9, 7-20). Inspect all other parts for damage from lack of oil. 2-14 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION 3. TRANSMISSION WILL NOT SHIFT INTO GEAR, (CONT) SLIPS OUT OF GEAR, OR OPERATES ERRATICALLY. Step 1. Check for low main pressure. Remove line from main pressure port on transmission and install tee and 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 070 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to run at idle speed. With parking brake applied, shift transmission into DRIVE. Check for 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa) main system pressure. If pressure is 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa), go to step 4. Step 2. Check for clogged internal filter element. Remove oil pan (para 7-11) If internal filter element is clogged, replace internal filter element (para 7-12). Step 3. Check for damaged or missing preformed packing on internal filter pickup tube. If preformed packing is damaged or missing, replace preformed packing and gasket (para 7-12). If preformed packing is not damaged or missing, disassemble transmission and inspect oil pump, main pressure regulator valve, control valve body for leakage or sticking valves (para 7-8, 7-9, 7-20). 2-15 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-3. (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 3. TRANSMISSION WILL NOT SHIFT INTO GEAR, SLIPS OUT OF GEAR, OR OPERATES ERRATICALLY (CONT). Step 4. Remove oil pan (para 7-11). Manually shift transmission and see if manual shaft and detent lever engage selector valve and that actuator pin is attached to detent lever. If selector valve does not engage detent lever, repair or replace defective parts (para 7-20). If selector valve engages detent lever, disassemble transmission and valve body to check for worn clutch packs in transmission, loose valve body screws, and sticking valves in valve body (paras 7-10, 7-15, 7-17, 7-18, 7-19). 4. 2-16 OIL LEAKING AT CONVERTER HOUSING. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION 4. O I L LEAKING AT CONVERTER HOUSING (CONT) (CONT). Step 1. Remove cover from top of converter housing. Check for signs of oil. If engine oil is inside housing, replace rear engine crankshaft oil seal (TM 9-2320-279-34&P). If transmission oil is inside housing, inspect inner converter housing mounting screws, converter pump to converter housing seal ring, converter housing gasket, torque converter cover seal ring, oil pump seal, pitot attachment screws, pump hub seal rings and converter pump hub (para 7-9). 5. EXCESSIVE CREEP IN FIRST AND REVERSE. Step 1. Check for too high engine idle speed. If idle speed is more than 750 rpm, adjust engine idle speed (TM 9-2320-279-34&P). Step 2. Check for lock up pressure at idle speed. Remove pressure switch at transmission lock up port and install 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 070 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to idle with parking brake applied. Shift transmission into DRIVE. Check for 0 psi (0 kPa) lockup pressure. There should be no lockup pressure. If there is no lockup pressure, disassemble transmission and check for warped clutch plates, stuck (applied) clutch pack pistons or a damaged torque converter to turbine support bearing (paras 7-7, 7-15, 7-17, 7-18, 7-19). If there is any lockup pressure, inspect lockup clutch valve for sticking pistons (para 7-22). 2-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-3. (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION 6. AUTOMATIC SHIFTS OCUR AT TOO HIGH A (CONT) SPEED. Step 1. Check rear governor pressure. Remove plug from rear governor test port. Install a 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1 380 kPa) gage at rear governor test port. Start engine and shift transmission into DRIVE. Release parking brake and drive vehicle until engine tachometer reads approximately 1650 rpm. Check for 83 to 91 psi (573 to 628 kPa) rear governor pressure. If pressure is 83 to 91 psi (573 to 628 kPa), repair valve body (para 7-23). Step 2. Check for clogged governor oil filter screen. Remove oil pan (para 7-11). Remove plug and oil filter screen (para 7-20). If oil filter screen is clogged or damaged, clean or replace oil filter screen as required (para 7-20). If oil filter screen is not clogged or damaged, go to Malfunction 3, Steps 1 through 3. 2-18 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 7. AUTOMATIC SHIFTS OCCUR AT TOO LOW A SPEED OR SHIFTS ROUGH. Step 1. Check for defective modulator valve. Remove modulator valve from transmission (para 7-21). Apply 70 psi (483 kPa) air pressure at modulator valve hose fitting. Check that modulator valve plunger moves as air is applied. Modulator valve must not leak air when operated. If modulator valve does not operate properly, or is damaged, replace modulator valve (para 7-21). Step 2. Check for defective control valve. Remove modulator valve (para 7-21). Check valve stop in transmission for free movement in. Check that spring pushes valve stop out when released and is not damaged. If valve stop does not move freely or spring is damaged or does not push valve stop out, repair control valve (para 7-20). Step 3. Check for high rear governor pressure. Remove plug from rear governor test port. Install a 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1380 kPa) gage at rear governor test port. Start engine and shift transmission into DRIVE. Release parking brake and drive vehicle until engine tachometer reads approximately 1650 rpm. Check for 83 to 91 psi (573 to 628 kPa) rear governor pressure. If pressure is over 91 psi (628 kPa) replace governor valve (para 7-23). If pressure is 83 to 91 psi (573 to 628 kPa) repair control valve body (para 7-20). 2-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-3. (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION (CONT) 8. VEHICLE MOVES IN NEUTRAL. Step 1. Remove oil pan (para 7-11). Manually shift transmission and see if the manual shaft and detent lever are engaging with selector valve and that actuator pin is attached to detent lever. If selector valve does not engage replace defective parts (para 7-20). If selector valve engages, disassemble transmission and valve body to check for applied clutch packs or leaking or sticking valves in valve body (paras 7-15, 7-16, 7-17, 7-18, 7-19, 7-20). 9. TRANSMISSION SLIPS IN ALL FORWARD GEARS. Step 1. Check for low main pressure. Remove line from main pressure port on transmission and install a tee and a 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 068 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to run at idle speed. With parking brake applied, shift transmission into DRIVE. Check for 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa) main system pressure. If pressure is 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa), rebuild forward clutch (para 7-15). If pressure is less than 105 to 140 psi (725 to 965 kPa), go to Malfunction 3, steps 1 through 3. 2-20 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TRANSMISSION 10. HIGH STALL (CONT) SPEED. Step 1. Check for low main pressure. Remove line from main pressure port. Install tee and 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2 070 kPa) gage. Start engine and allow to run at idle speed. With parking brake applied, shift transmission into DRIVE and accelerate engine to approximately 1200 rpm. Check for 140 to 175 psi (965 to 1 206 kPa) main system pressure. If pressure is 140 to 175 psi (965 to 1 206 kPa), disassemble transmission and inspect forward and first clutches for damage (para 7-15, 7-16). If pressure is not 140 to 175 psi (965 to 1 206 kPa), go to Malfunction 3, steps 1 through 3. 11. LOW STALL SPEED. NOTE Do step 1, then run stall check. If problem remains, go to step 2. Step 1. Go to TM 9-2815-224-34&P, ENGINE troubleshooting, ENGINE FAILS T0 DELIVER FULL POWER. Step 2. Check for damaged torque converter. Disassemble torque converter stator, pump, and housing (paras 7-7, 7-8, and 7-9). Replace damaged torque converter parts (paras 7-7, 7-8, and 7-9). 2-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-3. (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action HYDRAULIC 1. ONE OR MORE HYDRAULIC TANKER PUMP). CIRCUITS SYSTEM INOPERATIVE (RETRIEVER, CRANE, WINCHES, 2. WINCH OR CRANE JERKS WHEN OPERATED OR WILL NOT PULL LOAD. 3. RETRIEVER LOAD. OR CRANE CYLINDERS DO NOT OPERATE SMOOTHLY OR WILL NOT LIFT NOTE Before performing hydraulic tests, the hydraulic oil reservoir must be at least warm to the touch. Step 1. Check for defective hydraulic PTO pump. Set up hydraulic flowtester on PTO pump output line. For M984E1 check output at both ports P3 and P4. Start engine, engage PTO, set high idle (TM 9-2320-279-10). 2-22 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-3 para 19-4 19-4 2-3 2-22.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-22.2 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-24 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-24.1/(2-24.2blank TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action TANKER SYSTEM 1. FLOWMETER DOES NOT OPERATE (NOT REGISTERING). (FLOWMETER REMOVED FROM TANKER FOR CLARITY) Step 1. Remove four screws from adjuster cover plate and meter housing. Step 2. Remove adjuster cover plate. Check if gear and shaft are damaged. Replace defective adjuster drive gear or drive shaft (para 22-8). Step 3. Remove flowmeter (para 22-7). Remove front cover (para 22-8). Check for damaged displacement and blocking rotor gears. Replace defective displacement and blocking rotor gears (para 22-8). Step 4. Remove flowmeter (para 22-7). Remove rear cover and bearing plate from meter housing (para 22-8). Check for damaged displacement and blocking rotors. Check for deposits on rotors. Checking housing and all parts for damage. If rotors are damaged, replace rotors, replace housing and all damaged parts. Clean deposits from rotors (para 22-8). 2. NO FLOW THROUGH METER OR METER RUNS TOO SLOWLY. Step 1. Remove flowmeter (para 22-7), but do not remove flowmeter register or adjuster. Remove flowmeter front cover (para 22-8). Check for damaged blocking and displacement rotor gears. Replace defective blocking and displacement rotor gears (para 22-8). Change 3 2-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (C0NT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction lest or Inspection Corrective Action TANKER SYSTEM (CONT) 2. NO FLOW THROUGH METER OR METER RUNS TOO SLOWLY (CONT). Step 2. Remove flowmeter (para 22-7). Remove rear cover and bearing plate from meter housing (para 22-8). Check for frozen and damaged blocking and displacement rotors. Check rotors for deposits and corrosion, check meter housing for damage. Clean deposits and corrosion from rotors. If rotors are frozen or damaged, replace rotors. Replace meter housing if damaged. Repair flowmeter (para 22-8). SELF-RECOVERY WINCH 1. SELF-RECOVERY WINCH DOES NOT WORK. Step 1. Go to HYDRAULIC SYSTEM troubleshooting, Malfunction 3. Step 2. Check for defective winch counterbalance valve. Disconnect and plug brake release line at fitting. Install a 0 to 3000 psi (0 to 20 700 kPa) gage on fitting. Start engine and engage PTO. Operate winch IN and winch OUT. If pressure is not 200 psi (1 380 kPa) or above in both directions, replace defective counterbalance valve (para 16-5). NOTE Do not disconnect any hydraulic hoses. Check for defective hydraulic motor. Step 3. Remove hose mounting bracket screws. Remove hydraulic motor (para 16-3). Start engine, engage PTO. Operate self-recovery winch IN and OUT. If motor does not operate in both directions, replace self-recovery winch hydraulic motor (para 16-3). Step 4. Check for defective self-recovery winch drum or brake. Remove brake (para 16-7). Turn winch drum. If winch drum turns, replace self-recovery winch brake (para 16-7). If winch drum does not turn, repair self-recovery winch drum (para 16-2). 2-26 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.2 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.4 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.6 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Malfunctions (Cont) (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-28.8 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-2. Main Control Valve (M983). 2-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-3. Outrigger Control Valve (M983). 2-30 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-4. System Back Pressure (No Load) (M983). 2-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-32 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-5. Pressure Tester Setup (M983). Special Tools: Adapter 3091597 Box, measure 9968709 Gage, pressure 9968792 Equipment Condition: Rear catwalk mount removed (TM 9-2320-279-20). a. Installation. (1) Remove plug (1) from outrigger control valve port (2). (2) Install adapter (3) in port (2). (3) Install nipple (4) in adapter (3). (4) Connect gage (5) to adapter (6). (5) Connect quick connector (7) to nipple (4). b. Removal. (1) Disconnect connector (7) from nipple (4). (2) Disconnect gage (5) from adapter (6). (3) Remove nipple (4) from adpater (3). (4) Remove adapter (3) from port (2). (5) Install plug (1) in outrigger control valve port (2). 2-33 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-34 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-35 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Malfunctions (Cont) (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-36 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-37 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-38 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-39 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-40 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-41 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-42 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-43 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-44 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-45 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-46 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-47 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-48 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-49 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-50 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-51 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-52 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-53 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-54 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-55 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-56 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-57 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-58 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-59 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-6. Power Distribution Board Wiring Diagram (M983). 2-60 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-61 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-7. 12V Electric Motor Tester Circuit Schematic (M983). 2-62 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Figure 2-8. 12V Electric Motor Tester Circuit Wiring Diagram (M983). 2-63 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-64 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-65 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-66 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-67 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-68 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-69 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Malfunctions (Cont) (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-70 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-71 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-72 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-73 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-74 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-75 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-76 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-77 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-78 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-79 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Malfunctions (Cont) (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-80 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) WARNING Always support crane when disconnecting lines from cylinders when crane is not in transport position. Check valves may be bad and allow crane to fall, causing injury or death to personnel. NOTE A common cause of crane malfunction is contaminated oil. Seals and packings frequently break down in very hard use, and the small pieces of seals and packings can travel through hydraulic lines into control valves, slowing or completely blocking oil flow. When troubleshooting the M977, M985, and M984E1 material handling cranes, refer to foldout sheets, 3, 4, and 5 of Hydraulic Schematics, Wiring Diagrams, and Crane Electrical Schematics. M977 material handling crane is usually illustrated in this section. Location of valves on cylinders, swing and hoist systems is very similar on M977, M985, and M984E1 material handling cranes. Only important differences are illustrated. 1. CRANE WILL NOT OPERATE MANUALLY OR WITH REMOTE CONTROL. Step 1. (M984E1) Operate retrieval system (TM 9-2320-279-10). If retrieval system works, (the pump, relief valve and oil filter are good), repair crane controls (para 17-28.2 or 17-28.3). If retrieval system does not work, go to Step 2. Change 3 2-81 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 1. CRANE WILL NOT OPERATE MANUALLY OR WITH REMOTE CONTROL (CONT). Step 2. Check that shut-down solenoid valve operates. Set ENGINE and PTO ENGAGE switches to ON. Move crane POWER switch ON and OFF several times. Listen for clicking sound of solenoid to tell if solenoid operates. If solenoid clicks but crane will not operate, try to operate crane using emergency procedures (TM 9-2320-279-10). If crane operates, replace defective shut-down solenoid valve (para 17-32 for M977 and M985), (para 17-32.1 for 11984E1). If crane does not operate (M977 and M985). refer to Hydraulic System Troubleshooting. If crane does not operate (M984E1). refer to Step 4. 2-82 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-83 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-84 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-85 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-86 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-87 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-88 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-89 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-90 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-91 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-92 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-93 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2 - 3 . 2-94 (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-232-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-95 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-96 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-97 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-98 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) warning 2-99 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-100 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table. 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 10. BOOM WILL NOT TELESCOPE IN. Step 1. Check for damaged extension cylinder lines. Replace damaged extension cylinder lines (para 17-2 for M977 and M985) (para 17-2.1 for M984E1). Step 2. Check for contaminated or damaged extension cylinder holding valve. Remove, clean, inspect, and install extension cylinder holding valve (para 17-19 for M977 and M985) (para 17-19.2 for M984E1). Do not remove extension cylinder. Step 3. Check for overload sensor switch adjustment (para 17-33 for M977 and M985) (para 17-33.1 for M984E1). If switch(es) cannot be adjusted, replace (para 6-12 for M977 and M985) (para 6-12.1 for M984E1). Step 4. Check for contaminated or damaged telescope directional control valve spool. Remove, clean, inspect, and install directional control valve spool (para 17-28 for M977 and M985) (para 17-28.4 for M984E1). Step 5. Check for damaged boom extension sections and cylinder. Remove extension No. 1 (para 17-12 for M977 and M985) (para 17-12.1 for M984E1), extension No. 2 (para 17-13 for M977 and M985) (para 17-13.1 for M984E1), and extension cylinder (para 17-18 for M977 and M985) (para 17-18.1 for M984E1). 2-101 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT.). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984A1) (CONT) 11. BOOM RAISES OR LOWERS SLOWLY. step 1. Refer to HYDRAULIC SYSTEM troubleshooting. If problem remains, go to step 2. Step 2. Check for damaged lift cylinder lines and damaged lift cylinder. Replace damaged lift cylinder lines (para 17-2 for M977 and M985) (para 17-2.1 for M984E1). Refer to step 6 if lift cylinder appears damaged. WARNING Do not loosen both lift cylinder holding valves unless crane is in stowed position or boom is blocked. Boom will drop and can cause injury or death. Step 3. Check for contaminated or damaged lift cylinder holding valve. Remove, clean, inspect, and install lift cylinder holding valve (para 17-17). Do not remove lift cylinder. 2-102 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) Step 4. Check main hydraulic pressure adjustment (para 17-31 for M977 and M985) (para 17-31.1 for M984E1). If main hydraulic pressure cannot be adjusted, repair crane control valve (para 17-28 for M977 and M985) (para 17-28.4 for M984E1). Step 4.1 Check for contaminated or damaged boom relief valve. Remove, clean, inspect, and install boom relief valve (para 17-32.1). Change 3 2-102.1/(2-102.2 blank) TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-103 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-104 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-105 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-106 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-107 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-108 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-109 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-110 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-111 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-112 2-30 (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-113 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-114 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-115 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-116 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 20. SWING OPERATION SLOW OR ERRATIC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (CONT). Step 4. Check for contaminated or damaged swing drive valves. Set up hydraulic pressure tester. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control in both directions. Hydraulic pressure should be within the range shown when operated from turntable stop to turntable stop. M977 M985 M984E1 1600 psi (11 032 kPa) - 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) - 2000 psi (13 790 kPa) 1400 psi (9 653 kPa) - 1600 psi (11032 kPa) If pressure is outside of the range shown while at full swing, replace CW or CCW swing drive valve (para 17-6 for M977 and M985) (para 17-6.1 for M984E1). Step 5. Check for defective turntable. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control Watch for any binding and listen for grinding or rumbling noise of turntable when swinging. Check for damage to swing drive gear or turntable bearing gear. If binding or noisy, remove, clean, inspect, and install turntable and bearing (para 17-5 for M977 and M985) (para 17-5.1 for M984E1). If swing drive is damaged replace (para 17-9 for M977 and M985) (para 17-9.1 for M984E1). Change 2 2-117 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or lnspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) SWING OPERATION SLOW OR ERRATlC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (CONT). 20. Step 6. Check for contaminated swing directional control valve. Remove, clean, inspect, and install directional control valve (para 17-28 for M977 and M985) (para 17-28.4 for M984E1). Step 7. Check for defective drive motor. Remove motor (para 17-7 for M977 and M985) (para 17-7.1 for M984E1), but do not remove swing drive valve body, swing drive valve hoses and tubes, or swing drive motor hydraulic hoses and tubes. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control CW or CCW. If motor binds or there are grinding or rumbling noises, dissemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive motor (para 17-7 for M977 and M985) (para 17-7.1 for M984E1). Step 8. Check for defective swing drive brake. Remove, disassemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive brake (para 17-8 for M977 and M985) (para 17-8.1 for M984E1). Step 9. Check for defective swing drive. Remove swing drive (para 17-9 for M977 and M985) (para 17-9.1 for M964E1). Turn swing drive pinion gear If there is binding, disassemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive (para 17-9 for M977 and M985) (para 17-9.1 for M984E1). 2-118 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 21. SWING OPERATION ERRATIC OR SLOW IN ONE DIRECT ION ONLY. Step 1. Check for defective turntable. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control CW or CCW. Watch for any binding and listen for grinding or rumbling noise of turntable when swinging. If binding or noisy, remove, clean, inspect, and install turntable and bearing (para 17-5 for M977 and M985) (para 17-5.1 for M984E1). 2-119 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 21. SWING OPERATION ERRATIC OR SLOW IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY (CONT). Step 2. Check for damaged swing drive lines. Replace damaged swing drive lines (para 17-2 for M977 and M985) (para 17-2.1 for M984E1). Step 3. Check for contamination or damaged swing drive valves. Set up hydraulic pressure tester. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control in both directions. Hydraulic pressure should be within the range shown when operated from turntable stop to turntable stop. M977 M985 M984E1 1600 psi (11032 kPa) - 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) - 2000 psi (13 790 kPa) 1400 psi (9 653 kPa) - 1600 psi (11 032 kPa) If pressure is outside of the range shown while at full swing, replace CW or CCW swing drive valve (para 17-6 for M977 and M985) (para 17-6.1 for M984E1). Step 4. Check for damaged swing drive. Remove swing drive (para 17-9 for M977 and M985) (para 17-9.1 for M984E1). Turn switch drive pinion gear. If there is binding, disassemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive (para 17-9 for M977 and M985) (para 17-9.1 for M984E1). Change 2 2-120 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubloshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test of lnspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 21. SWING OPERATION ERRATIC OR SLOW IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY (CONT), Step 5. Check for defective swing drive brake. F&move, disassemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive brake (para 17-8 for M977 and M985) (para 17-8.1 for M984E1). Step 6. Check for defective swing drive motor. Remove swing drive motor (para 17-7 for M977 and M985) (para 17-7.1 for M984E1). Do not remove swing drive valve body, swing drive valve hoses and tubes, or swing drive motor hydraulic hoses and tubes. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control CW or CCW. If motor binds or there are grinding or rumbling noises, disassemble, clean, inspect, assemble, and install swing drive motor (para 17-7 for M977 and M985) (para 17-7.1 for M984E1). Step 7. Check if swing operation is erratic or slow in one direction only. Replace swing drive valves (para 17-6 for M977 and M985) (para 17-6.1 for M984E1). 2-121 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action MATERIAL HANDLING CRANE (M977, M985, M984E1) (CONT) 22. SWING SYSTEM WILL NOT WORK. Step 1. Check for damaged swing drive brake lines. Replace damaged swing drive brake line (para 17-2 for M977 and M985) (para 17-2. for M984E1). CAUTION If crane rotates slowly or in one direction, slowly operate control lever to prevent damage to crane when it contacts rotational stop. Step 2. Step 3. Check for contamination or damaged swing drive valves. Set up hydraulic pressure tester Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). Operate SWING control in both directions. Hydraulic pressure should be within the range shown when operated from turntable stop to turntable stop. M977 1600 psi (11032 kPa) - 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) M985 1800 psi (12 411 kPa) - 2000 psi (13 790 kPa) M984E1 1400 psi (9 653 kPa) - 1600 psi (11 032 kPa) If pressure is outside of the range shown while at full swing, replace CW or CCW swing drive valve (para 17-6 for M977 and M985) (para 17-6.1 for M984E1). Check for damaged swing drive lines. Replace damaged swing drive lines (para 17-2 for M977 and M985) (para 17-2.1 for M984E1). Change 2 2-122 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-123 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting 2 - 7 . T R O U B L E S H O O T I N G Table 2-124 Malfunctions I N S T R U C T I O N S 2-3. (Cont) ( C O N T ) . Troubleshooting (Cont) TM Troubleshooting Table 2-3. Malfunctions (Cont) Troubleshooting (Cont) 9-2320-279-34-1 2-125 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-3. (CONT). Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective MATERIAL 25. CRANE CONTROLS Action HANDLING STICKING OR CRANE (M977, CONTROL M985, WILL NOT M984E1) (CONT) MOVE. Step 1. Check for excessively high pressure in system. Set up hydraulic pressure tester on crane control valve. Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10). If pressure is more than 3000 psi (20 685 kPa) when operating TELESCOPE OUT or LIFT UP controls, adjust main hydraulic pressure (para 17-31 for M977 and M985) (para 17-31.1 for M984E1). Step 2. Check for contaminated or damaged directional control spool valve. Remove, clean, inspect, and install malfunctioning system directional control spool valve (para 17-28 for M977 and M985) (paras 17-28.3 and 17-28.4 for M984E1). 2-126 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) WARNING 2-126.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-126.2 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-126.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-126.4 TM Troubleshooting Malfunctions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-126.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-126.6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action Test procedures for all retrieval cylinders are the same. Step 3. Check for defective cylinders or holding valves. Install pressure gauge on test port on eight valve bank. Operate cylinder in direction it will not work until relief valve engages (TM 9-2320-279-10). If pressure is correct, remove holding valves from cylinder and check for damage or clogging. Lift cylinder - Extend - 400 psi (2 758 kPa) (para 13-30.2) - Retract - 2500 psi (17 238 kPa) Tow cylinders- Extend - 300 psi (2 069 kPa) (para 13-30.4) - Retract - 300 psi (2 069 kPa) If holding valves are good, repair hydraulic cylinder (para 13-30.3 and 13-30.5). If pressure is not correct, replace relief valve for cylinder in the direction it does not work correctly. If cylinder is still inoperative, replace or repair control valve. 2-127 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) WARNING Do not wear jewelry when working around the vehicle. Jewelry can catch on equipment and cause injury, or may short across an electrical circuit and cause severe burns or electrical shock. 1. COOLANT PUMP FAILS TO OPERATE (INDICATOR LIGHT COMES ON) (MODEL A). Check for defective coolant pump. Figure 2-9. Arctic Coolant Pump Test Remove coolant pump assembly (TM 9-2320-279-20) and mount pump assembly on bench. Set up coolant pump test (fig. 2-9). Apply 24 vdc power to input terminal and ground negative (-) to terminal on pump body. Let motor run 15 minutes. If coolant does not flow at a rate of 16.0 GPM (60.5 liters/min) or pump operation is not smooth and there is more than one cc/hr leakage from seal, repair or replace coolant pump (para 21-2). 2-128 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B). S S S S Step 1. NOTE If the Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is not installed, the arctic heater indicator light displays the diagnostic flash codes for the arctic heater. These flash codes are eight seconds long and repeat after eight seconds. The Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) displays the last five faults that occur. The latest fault is displayed with either “AF” or “F1”. If more than one fault code is displayed, troubleshoot the latest fault code first. All organizational level troubleshooting must be completed before performing this procedure. Refer to arctic engine heater (Model B) troubleshooting (TM 9-2320-279-20) for Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) operations. Using the Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) or the arctic heater indicator light, determine which fault code is active from the list shown on Figure 2-10. If fault code 000 is displayed and arctic heater does not operate, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. If a fault code other than 000 is displayed, go to the step indicated in the list shown. Change 6 2-129 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Figure 2-10. Arctic Heater Fault Codes (Model B) 2-130 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Steps (2) through (8) are for fault codes 012, 013, 014 or 015. Step 2. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 3. Perform resistance check across arctic heater temperature sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 14 and 18. If resistance reading is not between 650 and 1000 ohms, replace arctic heater temperature sensor (para 21-3) and go Step 6. Step 4. Perform resistance check across arctic overheat sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 11 and 17. If resistance reading is not between 10k and 150k ohms, replace arctic heater overheat sensor (para 21-3) and go Step 6. Change 6 2-131 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Figure 2-11. Arctic Heater Kit Wiring Diagram (Model B) 2-132 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 5. Perform resistance check across arctic heater flame sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal connector terminals No. 15 and 16. If resistance reading is between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater coolant pump (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater flame sensor (para 21-3). Step 6. Check if arctic heater operates. If arctic heater operates, go to Step 50. Step 7. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is available, clear fault code 015 and go to Step 50. Step 8. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is not available, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Step 9. NOTE Steps (9) through (15) are for fault codes 020 or 021. Arctic heater glow pin harness white and brown wires are connected with a seal. Do not separate white and brown wire from seal at glow pin terminal. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 10. Disconnect arctic heater glow pin harness from arctic heater glow pin (para 21-3). Step 11. Perform continuity check on arctic heater glow pin harness white wire. Connect probes at arctic heater internal harness connector, terminal No. 2 and glow pin harness white wire terminal. S S If continuity is not present, replace arctic heater glow pin harness (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Change 6 2-133 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 12. Step 13. Step 14. Step 15. 2-134 Perform continuity check on arctic heater glow pin harness brown wire. Connect probes at arctic heater internal harness connector, terminal No. 7 and glow pin harness brown wire terminal. If continuity is not present, replace arctic heater glow pin harness (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Perform continuity check on arctic heater glow pin harness wires. Connect probes to arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 2 and 7. Check for shorts between brown and white wires. If continuity is measured, replace arctic heater glow pin harness (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Perform resistance check across arctic glow pin. Connect probes at arctic heater glow pin top and bottom terminals. Resistance should be 2 ohms (nominal). If resistance reading of 2 ohms (nominal) is present, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). If resistance reading of 2 ohms (nominal) is not present, replace arctic heater glow pin. Go to Step 50. Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Steps (16) through (21) are for fault code 033. Step 16. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 17. Check operation of arctic heater blower by connecting an external 24 vdc power supply to the arctic heater internal harness connector. Place positive (+) lead at terminal No. 4. Place negative (--) lead at terminal No. 1. If blower motor does not operate, replace arctic heater blower (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Change 6 2-135 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 18. Connect arctic heater harness connector to arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 19. Check voltage at arctic heater control unit internal connector. Place positive (+) probe at terminal No. 10. Place negative (--) probe at terminal No. 5. Turn arctic heater switch on. Voltage should be 5 vdc (nominal). If voltage reading of 5 vdc (nominal) is not present, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. 2-136 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 20. Check voltage at internal harness connector when blower is turned on. Connect arctic heater internal harness connector to arctic heater control unit. Back probe arctic heater internal harness connector. Place positive (+) probe at terminal No. 13. Place negative (--) probe at terminal No. 5. Turn arctic heater switch on. Voltage should be 2.2 to 2.8 vdc. If voltage reading of 2.2 to 2.8 vdc is present, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). If voltage reading of 2.2 to 2.8 is not present, replace arctic heater blower (para 21-3). Step 21. Go to Step 50. Change 6 2-136.1 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Steps (22) through (24) are for fault codes 037, 042 or 059. Step 22. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 23. Perform resistance check across arctic heater temperature sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 14 and 18. If resistance reading is between 650 and 1000 ohms, replace arctic heater coolant pump (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 650 and 1000 ohms, replace arctic heater temperature sensor (para 21-3). Step 24. Go to Step 50. 2-136.2 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 25. Step 26. Step 27. Step 28. NOTE Steps (25) through (38) are for fault codes 050 or 052. Check if arctic heater operates. If arctic heater operates, go to step 29. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is available, clear fault code 050 and go to Step 28. Replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Perform fuel metering pump quantity test. a. Disconnect fuel line from arctic heater and place in graduated 1 quart (950 ml) measuring container. b. Turn arctic heater switch on. c. Observe fuel delivery. Fuel metering pump will start approximately 63 seconds after arctic heater switch is turned on. Stop 105 seconds after the switch is turned on and restart 180 seconds after the switch is turned on. d. When fuel metering pump stops after the second restart, turn arctic heater switch off. e. Reconnect fuel line to arctic heater. f. Measure fuel delivered. If arctic heater does not operate, go to Step 26. If no fuel is delivered and audible clicking is heard from fuel metering pump, go to Step 32. If arctic heater fuel metering pump delivers less than 0.62 ounces (18.64 ml) of fuel, replace arctic heater fuel metering pump (TM 9-2320-279-20-3) and go to Step 36. Change 6 2-136.3 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 29. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 30. Perform resistance check across arctic heater flame sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 15 and 16. If resistance reading is between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater glow pin (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater flame sensor (para 21-3). Go to Step 36. NOTE Audible clicking and no or low fuel flow may indicate the arctic heater fuel system is not primed. Arctic heater may go into lockout (code 050), due to too many start attempts. If arctic heater goes into lockout, go to Step 34. Attempt to prime arctic heater fuel system. Turn arctic heater switch on and observe system operation. If system shuts down after the second start attempt, turn arctic heater switch off and on to repeat start cycle. Repeat start cycle four times (eight start attempts) or until arctic heater starts. If arctic heater does not operate, go to Step 34. If arctic heater fuel metering pump fails to prime within ten start attempts, replace arctic heater fuel metering pump (TM 9-2320-279-20-3). Go to Step 36. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is available, clear fault code 050 and go to Step 32. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is not available, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3) and go to Step 32. Step 31. S S Step 32. Step 33. Step 34. Step 35. 2-136.4 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). Step 36. Check if arctic heater operates. If arctic heater operates, go to Step 50. Step 37. Step 38. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is available, clear fault code 050 and go to Step 50. If Fault Code Retrieval Device (FCRD) is not available, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. NOTE Steps (39) through (41) are for fault codes 051, 064 or 065. Step 39. Step 40. Step 41. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Perform resistance check across arctic heater flame sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 15 and 16. If resistance reading is between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater flame sensor (para 21-3). Go to Step 50. Change 6 2-136.5 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Steps (42) through (44) are for fault codes 053, 054, 055 or 056. Step 42. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 43. Perform resistance check across arctic heater flame sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 15 and 16. If resistance reading is between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater blower (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 900 and 1100 ohms, replace arctic heater flame sensor (para 21-3). Step 44. 2-136.6 Go to Step 50. Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Steps (45) through (48) are for fault codes 060, 061, 071 or 072. Step 45. Step 46. Step 47. Remove arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Perform resistance check across arctic heater temperature sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 14 and 18. If resistance reading is not between 650 and 1000 ohms, replace arctic heater temperature sensor (para 21-3) and go to Step 50. Perform resistance check across arctic overheat sensor at room temperature (--13_ to 77_F [--25_ to 25_C]). Connect probes across arctic heater internal harness connector terminals No. 11 and 17. If resistance reading is between 10k and 150k ohms, replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). If resistance reading is not between 10k and 150k ohms, replace arctic heater overheat sensor (para 21-3). Step 48. Go to Step 50. Change 6 2-136.7 TM 9-2320-279-34--1 Troubleshooting Malfunctions (Cont) 2-7. TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). Table 2-3. Troubleshooting (Cont) Malfunction Test or Inspection Corrective Action ARCTIC HEATER KIT (CONT) 2. ARCTIC HEATER DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING (DIRECT LEVEL) (MODEL B) (CONT). NOTE Step (49) is for fault codes 001, 002, 010, 011, 043, 047, 048, 090, 093, 094 or 097. Step 49. Replace arctic heater control unit (para 21-3). Step 50. If same fault code is displayed, notify the supervisor. Step 51. If different fault code is displayed, go to organizational arctic heater diagnostic troubleshooting (TM 9-2320-279-20-1). 2-136.8 Change 6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Section IV. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-8. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. General maintenance instructions for systems and components of the vehicle, except engine and transmission, and cranes on M984 and M985E1, are covered in this section. Refer to TM 9-2815-224-34&P for engine general maintenance procedures. Refer to Chapter 7 for transmission general maintenance procedures. Read all CAUTIONS and WARNINGS that apply to all maintenance procedures. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-20 for additional general maintenance procedures that may also apply. Refer to TM 9-2320-354-24&P or TM 9-2320-355-24&P for maintenance instructions that apply to cranes on M984 and M985E1 vehicles. a . Follow these maintenance practices when working on vehicle. CAUTION Do not use paint scrapers, knives, or other metal tools on aluminum parts and machined surfaces. Aluminum is easily gouged and machined surfaces easily scratched by steel tools. (1) Handle all parts and subassemblies carefully to prevent nicking, scratching, and denting. (2) Handle parts carefully to protect from damage and contamination during removal, cleaning and inspection, installation, and while stored in containers before installation. (3) When unpacking new parts, remove all packing material, barrier paper, tape, plastic bags, protective caps, and protective grease coating. (4) Do not unwrap parts until ready for use to protect from contamination and damage. CAUTION Do not use tape to close off fuel or oil openings. Sticky surface of tape can mix with fuel and oil and cause equipment malfunctions. (5) As soon as parts are removed, cap or cover open tubes, hoses, fittings, and openings in equipment to keep dust, dirt, and other objects out of internal parts. Use suitable containers to catch coolant, oil, or fuel spills. WARNING Be careful when working on or with electrical equipment. Voltage as low as 50 volts can cause injury or death. Always disconnect batteries when working on electrical equipment. For artificial respiration, refer to FM 21-11. (6) When repairing wire harness, remove wrap tape from wire harness, exposing wires for inspection. Lay new wires alongside wire harness and cut new wires 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) longer than wires being replaced. Cutting wires longer will allow organizational maintenance to replace damaged pins and sockets later without replacing wires. (7) When removing parts, inspect for breaks, dents, cracks, surface defects, and other visible damage. (8) When fastener tightening requirements are not given in maintenance task, tighten screws and nuts in accordance with Appendix D, TORQUE LIMITS. (9) The M977 series vehicles have a self bleeding hydraulic system. When the following steps are completed, air from the hydraulic system should be purged to the hydraulic reservoir. (a) Operate crane (TM 9-2320-279-10) and hold each crane or winch control lever (except for hoist motor lever) completely in and then completely out for 30 seconds. Do this five times for each lever. (b) Operate hoist motor control lever and run hoist cable out 10 ft (3 m) and then back on the winding drum. Do this three times. (10) Replace all gaskets, packings, and seals. (11) Replace lockwire, lockwashers, cotter pins, and plastic cable ties. (12) Lubricate packings with oil, Stretch packings and place in position, pressing packings evenly in place. 2-137 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Maintenance Procedures (Cont) 2-8. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) b. Replace broken, frayed, kinked, or soft flexible hydraulic hoses. If fittings are damaged, replace entire hose. Fittings not damaged or corroded can be used on new hoses. Replace broken, frayed, or kinked air lines. If fittings on nylon lines are damaged, replace fittings. If fittings on flexible hoses are damaged, replace entire hose. Fittings not damaged or corroded can be used on new hoses and lines. To prevent leaks, use pipe thread sealing compound or antiseize tape on threads of air line and hydraulic hose fittings. Burring. Remove burrs from gear teeth with fine-cut tile and emery cloth. Remove burrs from sealing and bearing surfaces with crocus cloth. Damaged Threads. Replace screws and nuts if threads are damaged. If threads on fittings are only slightly damaged, chase threads with chasing tool. Replace cross-threaded fittings. Inspect tapped holes for thread damage. If threads are damaged, tap hole for next oversize screw or stud. If retapping weakens part of cost of part makes retapping impractical, replace part. Bearings. Refer to TM 9-214, Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings. Lubricate bearings before assembly with lubricant used in the related housing. When installing bearings on shafts, apply pressure to inner race. When installing bearings in housing, apply pressure to outer race. Welding. Refer to TM 9-237, Welding Theory and Application. Welding can be used to repair cracks and breaks in steel parts, such as brackets, panels, and light framework. Because of time required and chance of later failure, weld only when replacement parts are not available. Grounding. To ensure good ground connections, clean or grind metal surfaces at connections to remove paint, oxides, corrosion, oils, and/or grease. After connections are completed, apply corrosion preventive compound to connections. Follow these general cleaning instructions and warnings, WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. Trichlorethylene is toxic to skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Avoid all exposure. Skin and eye protection, and exhaust hood on degreasing equipment are required. Contact unit safety officer for local procedures concerning the use of trichlorethylene before using. Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (1) (2) (3) (4) 2-138 Electrical parts such as coils, junction blocks, and switches must not be soaked or sprayed with cleaning solvents. Clean only with cloth moistened in drycleaning solvent (Item 57, Appendix C). Soak nonelectrical parts in drycleaning solvent and brush off caked deposits with paintbrush. Clean rubber parts with hot, soapy water and cloths. Do not clean with solvents. A degreasing machine may be used to remove heavy grease and oil deposits from metal parts. Trichlorethylene, MIL-T-27602B (Item 66, Appendix C) is used as degreasing agent. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Maintenance Procedures (Cont) CAUTION To prevent corrosion, parts should be coated with rust preventive within 2 hours of degreasing. (5) Remove parts from degreaser. Check that all oil passages and cavities are clean and clear. Before coating with rust preventive (Item 53, Appendix C), run thin flexible wire through oil passages to make sure they are not clogged. Use drycleaning solvent and compressed air to clean dirty oil passages. Change 3 2-138.1/(2-138.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Maintenance Procedures (Cont) CAUTION Do not use paint scrapers, knives, or other metal tools on aluminum parts and machined surfaces. Aluminum is easily gouged and machined surfaces easily scratched by steel tools. (6) Use reasonable care in cleaning machined surfaces with scrapers and wire brushes. Do not use abrasive wheels or compounds on machined surfaces. (7) Bearings. Refer to TM 9-214, Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings. When cleaning ball or roller bearings, place in basket and soak in dry cleaning solvent. Use paintbrush to remove caked deposits. Never use compressed air to clean and dry caged bearings. Caged bearings must drip and air dry. Do not spin bearings before thoroughly clean. Coat cleaned bearings liberally with lubricating oil, then wrap in protective wrapper if not using right away. C. Follow these general inspection instructions. (1) Inspect hoses and lines for damage or frayed coverings. Check for breaks or worn spots caused by kinking or contact with other parts of vehicle. Inspect fittings for damage. If fittings are damaged, look for possible causes of damage. (2) Inspect wiring harnesses for chafed or burned insulation. Look for causes of chafing or burns. Inspect terminal connectors for loose connections and broken parts. (3) Inspect all surfaces in contact with gaskets, packings, or seals for nicks, burrs, or scratches which might damage new seals, Remove defects with crocus cloth. (4) Inspect castings and weldments for cracks and breaks. If the following patterns appear, replace parts. (a) Bursts or scattered, short, sharp lines (indicates high temperature). (b) Flakes or separate, short, wavy lines, usually in one general direction (indicates improper cooling). (c) Grinding cracks (fine, sharp lines, tightly packed). On some surfaces, cracks may be shallow and hard to see. Grinding cracks are usually caused by a glazed grinding wheel rubbing (instead of cutting) and overheating the part. (5) Inspect bearings. Clean, then lubricate bearings. Check for roughness of rotation. If rough, replace bearing. Check for cuts, grooves, pitting, scratched, cracked or chipped races, and for loose rollers or balls in caged bearings. If defect is found, replace bearing. Check bearing housing or shaft for grooves, burrs, or abrasions that would indicate bearing had been turned in housing or on shaft. If damage cannot be repaired with crocus cloth, replace defective part. (6) Inspect bushings for scoring, burrs, roundness, sharp edges, and discoloration (overheated oil). Replace out-of-round and overheated bushings. Remove scoring with crocus cloth, and remove burrs and sharp edges with scraper or knife. Replace deeply scored bushings. (7) Inspect gears for pitting, wear, and scoring. (a) Slight scoring or minor marring of surfaces showing slight tears and scratches in direction of sliding is not a reason to replace gears. Heavy scoring may be reason to replace gear if equipment is not performing satisfactorily. (b) Initial pitting, which occurs when gears are first started in service, is not serious if pitting only reduces high spots so there is still enough contact area to carry load without hurting performance. (c) Destructive pitting, which follows initial pitting, may be serious because gears can be rapidly destroyed if load carrying area of gears is severely pitted. (d) Abrasive wear is not normally serious unless gears are gouged or have worn deep grooves. Abrasive wear is caused by contaminated oil or grease in gear housing. 2 - 9 . LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS. Refer to LO 9-2320-279-12 for lubricating procedures. 2-139 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Maintenance Procedures (Cont) 2-10. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT. a. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-20 to prepare vehicle for storage or shipment. b. Refer to TB 9-2300-281-35 for overseas shipment instructions. c. Refer to TB 9-2300-281-35 for Basic Issue Items (BII) packing instructions. 2-11. PRE-EMBARKATION INSPECTION. Refer to TB 9-2300-281-35 for pre-embarkation requirements. 2-140 Change 3 TM CHAPTER ENGINE Contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . Engine Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . Engine to Engine Stand Installation/Removal 3 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I. 9-2320-279-34-1 . . . . Para . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Page 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-28 INTRODUCTION 3 - 1 . G E N E R A L . This chapter contains maintenance instructions for removal, installation, and set-up for repair of the engine at the direct support and general support maintenance level. The subassemblies and parts which must be removed before the engine and components can be removed will be referenced to other paragraphs of this manual, TM 9-2320-279-20, or TM 9-2815-224-34&P. Section Il. SERVICE AND INSPECTION Engine Maintenance Instructions 3-2. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. a. Follow these maintenance instructions when removing and installing engine: (1) When unpacking items, remove packing material (for example: barrier paper, tape, plastic bags, and protective caps). (2) Cap or tape over engine inlets and exhaust ducts to prevent foreign objects from getting inside the engine. Keep dust, dirt, and other objects out of internal parts of the engine. CAUTION Do not use tape to close off fuel or oil openings. Sticky surface of tape will mix with fuel or oil and will get in the engine lines. (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Cap or tape over open tubes, hoses, fittings, and engine openings as soon as parts are taken off. Use suitable container to catch oil and coolant when removing hoses, fittings, and plugs. Handle and store removed engine components carefully. Inspect parts as removed for breaks, dents, cracks, surface defects, or other obvious damage. Turn in bad parts. Set aside good parts for later use. When possible, replace gaskets, packings, and seals removed during repair work. Replace lockwire, lockwashers, and cotter pins at time of reassembly. Replace broken, worn, or burned electrical wiring. Replace broken, frayed, crimped, or soft flexible hoses. Replace stripped or damaged fittings. Replace entire connected flexible hose if fittings are damaged. Tag and mark shims, connectors, wires, valves, fittings, and mating ends of lines before disconnecting or removing. Identify similar parts to ensure correct assembly. Use hoist, jacks, and other aids when lifting engine. b. Follow these inspection instructions when removing and installing engine: (1) Inspect mounting surfaces and surfaces in contact with gaskets, seals, or machined surfaces. Look for burrs or scratches which might damage parts or seals upon installation. Remove any defects found. 3-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-2. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). (2) (3) Remove drainplugs from engine system components and inspect sediment sticking to plug. Grit or fine metal particles may indicate actual or potential component failure. A few fine particles are normal. This inspection will help to show defective parts before internal inspection of the component. Inspect hose surfaces for broken or frayed fabric. Check for breaks caused by sharp kinks or contact with other parts of the vehicle. Inspect fitting threads for damage. Replace any defective part. After assembly and during initial vehicle operation period, check for leaks. Inspect wiring harnesses for chafed or burned insulation. Inspect terminal connectors for loose connections and broken parts. Visually inspect castings and weldments for cracks. Section III. ENGINE ASSEMBLY 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 29, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Sealant, RTV200 Electrical, Item 55.2, Appendix C Connector, electrical, butt, Item 31, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 47, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (3) References None 3-2 Change 5 c. Follow-on Maintenance Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Spare tire removed. TM 9-2320-279-10 Transmission and transfer case set to N. TM 9-2320-279-10 Hoist end of tire davit removed. TM 9-2320-279-10 Rear engine cover frame removed. TM 9-2320-279-10 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-10 Radiator removed. LO 9-2320-279-12 Hydraulic reservoir drained. LO 9-2320-279-12 Engine oil drained. Para 13-6 Slinging support assemblies removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions Wheels chocked. Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM Engine Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) a. Removal. (1) (2) (3) (4) Remove two nuts (1) and washers (2). Remove clamp (3) from muffler (4). Remove nut (5) and clamp (6) from turbocharger (7). Pull exhaust pipe (8) from turbocharger (7). Remove exhaust pipe (8) from muffler (4). NOTE Tag and mark hoses before removal. (5) Loosen clamp (9) and remove hose (10). (6) Remove hose (11). (7) Loosen clamps (12 and 13) and remove air intake duct (14). 3-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine 3-3. ENGINE Maintenance REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Instructions (Cont) (CONT). (8) Remove four nuts (15) and screws (16). (9) Soldier A and Soldier B remove muffler assembly (17). (10) Remove two nuts (18), lockwashers (19), and screws (20) from cross brace (21). (11) Remove nut (22) and two lockwashers (23) from other end of cross brace (21). (12) Remove cross brace (21). 3-4 TM Engine Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) NOTE Attach chain with lifting hooks facing out and with front leg under exhaust pipe. (13) Soldier A attaches 39-in. (1 m) chain to two side lifting brackets (24) and 37-in. (94 cm) chain to forward lifting bracket (25) while Soldier B operates lifting device. (14) Remove plug (26) from access hole (27). NOTE There are 12 torque converter screws. Each must be centered in access hole for removal. (15) Soldier A looks in access hole (27) while Soldier B turns pulley nut (28) slowly clockwise. (16) Soldier A tells Soldier B to stop turning pulley nut (28) when torque converter screw (29) is centered in access hole (27). (17) Remove torque converter screw (29). NOTE Repeat steps (15), (16), and (17) until all 12 torque converter screws are removed. 3-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (18) Remove 13 screws (30), lockwashers (31), and three clamps (32) from top of transmission torque converter housing (33). Remove 11 screws, lockwashers, and one clamp from bottom of housing. (19) Loosen clamps (34, 35, and 36) and remove three hoses (37, 38, and 39). (20) Disconnect two fuel hoses (40 and 41). (21) Disconnect airhose (42). 3-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (22) Remove nut (43) and lockwasher (44). NOTE Tag and mark wires before disconnecting. (23) (24) (25) Disconnect five wires (45) from solenoid (46). Remove nut (47) and lockwasher (48). Disconnect seven starter wires (49) from starter (50). (26) (27) Remove two nuts (51) and wires (52) from relay (53). Remove two nuts (54) and cables (55). Change 3 3-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/lNSTALLATION (CONT). (28) Remove ether starting aid tube (56) from air inlet housing (57). (29) Disconnect plug (58) from wires (59) at ether starting aid (60). 3-8 TM Engine Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (30) Disconnect three hoses (61, 62, and 63) from steering pump (64). (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) Disconnect two hoses (65 and 66) from air compressor (67). Disconnect two hoses (68 and 69) from governor (70). Disconnect STE/ICE connector (71). Remove nut (72) and lockwasher (73). Disconnect wire (74) from temperature sending unit (75). 3-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (36) Remove nut (76), lockwasher (77), washer (78), and screw (79). (37) Move clamp (80) and transmission dipstick tube (81) aside. (38) Disconnect plug (82). (39) Disconnect plug (83) from PTO pressure switch (84). (40) Cut two wires (85 and 86) at electrical butt connectors. 3-10 TM Engine Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (41) Disconnect hose (87). (42) D i s c o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r ( 8 8 ) . (43) Disconnect two connectors (89). 3-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (44) Remove nut (90), washer (91), spacer (92), and screw (93) from each of two engine supports (94). (45) Soldier A and Soldier B remove three nuts (95) and screws (96) from each side of engine frame support (97). 3-12 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING Keep out from under engine when removing from vehicle. If engine slips, sways, or falls, serious injury or death may result. CAUTION Make sure loose hoses and wires are secure and moved out of way so they do not snag and cause damage when engine is lifted. Before lifting engine completely out of vehicle, test by lifting slightly to see if balanced. If engine starts to tilt, lower and adjust chain lengths. Unbalanced engine may swing causing damage. (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) Soldier A and Soldier B slide engine frame support (97) forward on vehicle while Soldier C operates lifting device to lift engine (98) slightly. Soldier A and Soldier B guide engine (98) while Soldier C operates lifting device and removes engine from vehicle. Soldier A and Soldier B guide engine (98) to suitable work area while Soldier C operates lifting device. Disconnect lifting chains from engine (98). Remove four spacers (99) from biscuit mounts (100). Change 3 3-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). b. Installation. WARNING · Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. · Keep out from under engine when lifting into vehicle. If engine slips, sways, or falls, serious injury or death may result. CAUTION · Install lifting hooks facing outward. Before lifting engine completely off supports, test by lifting slightly to see if balanced. If engine starts to tilt, lower and adjust chain lengths. Unbalanced engine can swing causing damage. · Make sure hoses and wires are secured and moved out of the way when installing engine so they do not snag and cause damage. NOTE (1) (2) (3) · Apply electrical sealant to exposed wire connectors after installing connectors. · Attach chain with lifting hooks facing out and with front leg under exhaust pipe. Install 39-in. (1 m) lifting chain on two side lifting brackets (1). Install 37-in. (94 cm) chain on forward lifting bracket (2). Soldier A operates lifting device and lifts engine (3) slightly, while Soldier B checks that engine is balanced. CAUTION Make sure engine is centered to prevent damage to bell-housing. (4) 3-14 Soldier A operates lifting device and positions engine (3) in vehicle, while Soldier B and Soldier C guide engine. Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Position wiring harness (4) around rear of engine (3). Soldier A installs three clamps (5), 13 lockwashers (6), and screws (7) in top of transmission torque converter housing (8), while Soldier B installs one clamp, 11 lockwashers, and screws in bottom of housing. (7) Soldier A and Soldier B position engine frame support (9). (8) Soldier A installs and holds three nuts (10) on each side of engine frame support (9) while Soldier B installs three screws (11). Do not tighten nuts or screws. 3-15 TM 9-2320-27934-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/lNSTALLTlON (CONT). (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Install four spacers (12) on biscuit mounts (13). Aline holes in engine frame support (9) with holes in biscuit mounts (13) on front engine support (14). Soldier A lubricates and installs two screws (15), while Solider B installs two bottom spacers (16), two washers (17), and nuts (18). Solider A holds two screws (15) while Soldier B tightens two nuts (18) to 170 lb-ft (230.5 Nom). Soldier A tightens three screws (11) on each side of engine frame support (9) while Soldier B holds three nuts (10). 3-16 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. 3-18 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (18) Soldier A looks in access hole (22) and tells Soldier B to stop turning torque converter (25) when screw hole (27) is centered in access hole. (19) Install, but do not fully tighten, one torque converter screw (28). (20) Install inspection cover (20) and gasket (21) with two screws (19). 3-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (21) (22) Soldier A looks in access hole (22) while Soldier B turns pulley nut (23) until screw hole is centered in access hole. Install, but do not fully tighten, torque converter screw (28). NOTE Repeat steps (21) and (22) until all 12 torque converter screws have been installed. (23) (24) (25) Soldier A looks in access hole (22) while Soldier B turns pulley nut (23) clockwise. Soldier A tells Soldier B to stop turning pulley nut (23) when torque converter screw (28) is centered in access hole (22). Soldier A tightens torque converter screw (28) to 105 to 115 lb-ft (142 to 156 N•m). NOTE Repeat steps (23), (24), and (25) until all 12 torque converter screws have been tightened. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (26) Apply pipe thread sealing compound and install plug (29) in access hole (22). 3-20 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintaince Instructions (Cont) 3-3. 3-22 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance 3-3. 3-24 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (41) (42) (43) (44) Install two wires (66) with two nuts (67) Install two cables (68) with two nuts (69). Install seven starter wires (70) on stud (71) with washer (71.1) lockwasher (72) and nut (73). Install five solenoid wires (74) on stud (75) with lockwasher (76) and nut (77). Change 3 3-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-3. ENGINE REMOVAL/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (45) Connect airhose (78). (46) Connect two fuel hoses (79 and 80). (47) Install three hoses (81, 82, and 83) and tighten clamps (84, 85, and 86). (48) Install one end of cross brace (87) with two lockwashers (88) and nut (89). Install other end of cross brace with two screws (90), lockwashers (91), and nuts (92). 3-26 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions 3-3. 3-28 (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Install Engine on Stand. (1) Remove draincock (1). NOTE (2) · Remove cushion clips and plastic cable ties as necessary. · Tag and mark hoses before disconnecting. (3) (4) Disconnect hose (2) and remove reducer bushing (3), adapter (4), and elbow (5). Move oil return hose (6) out of way. Remove reducer bushing (7) and elbow (8). Remove two screws (9), lockwasher (10), washers (11), and starter mounting bracket (12). (5) Disconnect oil return hose (6). NOTE Some engines have a copper washer. Other engines do not have a copper washer. (6) Remove oil dipstick tube (13), adapter (14), and copper washer (14.1). Change 4 3-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance 3-4. 3-30 Instructions (Cont) TM Engine Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 3-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Engine Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 3-4. ENGINE TO ENGINE STAND INSTALLATION/REMOVAL (CONT). NOTE Some engines have a copper washer. Other engines do not have a copper washer. (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Install copper washer (4.1), adapter (5), and oil dipstick tube (6). Connect oil return hose (7). Install starter mounting bracket (8) with two screws (9), lockwasher (10), and washers (11). Install reducer bushing (12) and elbow (13). Install reducer bushing (14), adapter (15), and elbow (16). NOTE Install cushion clips and plastic cable ties as necessary. (8) (9) c. Connect hose (17). Install draincock (18). Follow- on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Install exhaust manifold (TM 9-2815-224-34&P). Install air box covers (TM 9-2815-224-34&P). Install air box drain (TM 9-2815-224-34&P). Install sender mounting bracket (TM 9-2320-279-20). Install engine (para 3-3). END OF TASK 3-32 Change 4 TM CHAPTER FUEL SYSTEM 9-2320-279-34-1 4 MAINTENANCE Para Contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Throttle Treadle Valve Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Section I. Page 4-1 4-1 INTRODUCTION 4 - 1 . G E N E R A L . This chapter contains maintenance instructions for repair of fuel system components at the direct support maintenance level. The subassemblies and parts which must be removed before fuel system components can be repaired are found in TM 9-2320-279-20. Section Il. THROTTLE TREADLE VAVLE Fuel System Maintenance Instructions 4-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Fuel Sustem Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 4-2. 4-2 TM Fuel System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 4-3/(4-4 blank) TM CHAPTER COOLING SYSTEM 9-2320-279-34-1 5 MAINTENANCE Contents Para General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Radiator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Section I. Page 5-1 5-1 INTRODUCTION 5 - 1 . G E N E R A L . This chapter contains maintenance instructions for repair of the cooling system at the direct support maintenance level. Subassemblies and parts which must be removed before cooling components can be repaired are found in TM 9-2320-279-20. The radiator is tube and fin type. The upper portion of the radiator assembly contains an expansion/fill tank. Section II. RADIATOR Cooling System Maintenance Instructions 5-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Cooling System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 5-2. 5-2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Cooling System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING 5-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Cooling System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 5-2. 5-4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V Alternator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starter Solenoid Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starter Motor Repair and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual and Audible Level Warning Indicators Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger Extended Switch Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt Warning Alarm Switch Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Control Distribution Board Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Interconnecting Cables Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt Alarm Box Removal/Installation (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junction Box and Connector Removal/Repair/Installation (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junction Box and Connector Removal/Repair/Installation (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Overload Sensor Switches Removal/Installation (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane Overload Sensor Switches and Plate and Terminal Box Removal/Installation (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab Wiring Harness Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Wiring Harness Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Wiring Harness Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis Wiring Harness Removal/Installation (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis/Engine Wiring Harness Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STE/ICE Wiring Harness Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Mount Stop Lamp Harness Removal/Installation (M978) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section I. Para 6-1 6-2 6-2.1 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-11.1 6-12 Page 6-1 6-2 6-14.1 6-15 6-19 6-36 6-39 6-41 6-44 6-48 6-54 6-55 6-64 6-64.6 6-12.1 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-15.1 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-70 6-70.8 6-87 6-104 6-122 6-122.13 6-125 6-131 INTRODUCTION 6-1. GENERAL. This chapter contains maintenance instructions for removal, installation, and repair of the electrical system components at the direct support maintenance level. Subassemblies and parts which must be removed before electrical system components and harnesses can be removed are referenced to other paragraphs or chapters of this manual or in TM 9-2320-279-20. Change 5 6-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Section II. ALTERNATOR AND STARTER Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. ALTERNATOR REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Testing c. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, insulating, Item 20, Appendix C Compound, sealing, lubricating, Item 25, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C a. d. Assembly e. Follow-on Maintenance Personnel Required MOS 63G, Fuel and electrical system repairer References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Alternator and pulley removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Voltage regulator removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support Disassembly NOTE There are two types of pulley used with the alternator. Model A has no key; Model B uses a key in the shaft keyway. Model A is shown. (1) (2) (3) (4) 6-2 Remove nut (1), fan (2), and fan spacer (3) from rotor shaft (4). Remove four screws (5), cover (6), and preformed packing (7). Remove four screws (8), lockwashers (9), guard washers (10), brush cover (11), and gasket (12). Mark position of brush holder (13). Remove brush holder and preformed packing (14). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. 6-4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintemance Instructions (Cont) 6-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. 6-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION Mark position of connector assembly before removing. Damage to regulator may result if improperly installed. (31) Remove two screws (59) and connector assembly (60). (32) Remove three nuts (61) and lockwashers (62). (33) Remove three nuts (63), washers (64), and three terminal studs (65) from regulator holder (54). b . Testing. (1) Set multimeter to 10K range on RX scale. Touch negative ( - ) test lead to positive rectifier (1). (2) Touch positive (+) test lead to each of three eyelet terminals (2) in turn. If resistance is low, positive rectifier (1) is defective. (3) Connect positive (+) test lead to positive rectifier (1). (4) Touch negative ( -) test lead to each of three eyelet terminals (2) in turn. If resistance is high, positive rectifier is defective. (5) Connect negative (-) test lead to negative rectifier (3). (6) Touch positive (+) test lead to each of three eyelet terminals (2) in turn. If resistance is high, negative rectifier (3) is defective. (7) Connect positive (+) test lead to negative rectifier (3). (8) Touch negative (-) test lead to each of three eyelet terminals (2). If resistance is low, negative rectifier (3) is defective. NOTE Perform step (9) only if positive or negative rectifier is bad. When disconnecting rectifiers, cut wires from bad rectifier as close as possible to ring terminals. (9) Cut three wires (4) just below three eyelet terminals (2). (10) Touch one test lead to bare metal surface on stator (5) and other test lead to each of three stator ring terminals (6, 7, and 8), in turn. Low resistance indicates stator is grounded. Replace stator. (11) Touch test leads to stator ring terminals (6 and 7), (7 and 8), and (6 and 8), and read resistance across each set of terminals. If resistance is high, stator (5) is defective. 6-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). (12) (13) (14) (15) C. Connect test leads between shaft (9) and each slipring (10) consecutively. Low resistance in either test indicates rotor coil is grounded. Do not repair or further test alternator. Connect test leads to each slipring (10). Resistance should be zero. Measure diameter of sliprings (10). If less than 0.767 in. (19.48 mm), do not repair or further test alternator. Measure diameter of shaft (9). If less than 0.871 in. (22.12 mm) do not repair or further test alternator. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. CAUTION To prevent damage to insulation, do not soak stator or rotor in solvents. (1) Clean stator and rotor with drycleaning solvent and clean cloth. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 6-8 Dry with compressed air or dry cloth. Clean all other components, except bearings, in drycleaning solvent. Inspect electrical assemblies for damage, frayed or bare wires, or loose connections. Inspect mechanical assemblies for damage. Check for old or excess grease. Clean rectifier assembly holes and terminal screws to ensure good electrical contact. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION 6-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructrions (Cont) 6-2. 6-10 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. 6-12 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (23) Install rotor assembly (44) in drive end housing (40). (24) Aline marks and install drive end housing (40) on stator (36). (25) Install three washers (45), screws (46), and locknuts (47). (26) Install two wires (15 and 16) into brush holder adapter (48). (27) Install brush holder adapter (48) and insulator (49) with two screws (50). 6-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2. ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). (28) Install two brushes (51) in brush holder (52). (29) Install preformed packing (53) and brush holder (52). Install gasket (54), brush cover (55), four guard washers (56), lockwashers (57), and screws (58). (30) CAUTION Wires can be shorted out if rubbing on shaft. (31) Install preformed packing (59) and cover (60) with four screws (61). NOTE Spacer is installed with notch facing away from housing. (32) Install fan spacer (62) and fan (63) on rotor shaft (64) with nut (65). e. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) Test on test stand (TM 9-2920-225-34). Install voltage regulator (TM 9-2320-279-20). Install alternator and pulley (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK 6-14 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24V ALTERNATOR REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Testing c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Follow-on Maintenance Personnel Required INITIAL SETUP MOS 63G, Fuel and electrical system repairer Models References All None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Alternator removed. Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, insulating, Item 20, Appendix C Compound, sealing, lubricating, Item 25, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C a. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support Disassembly. (1) Remove nut (1) from ignition (IGN) stud (2) on regulator holder (3). CAUTION Voltage regulator is still connected by two wires. Regulator cannot be removed until after step (5). Failure to comply may result in damage to alternator. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Remove four screws (4) and voltage regulator (5) from regulator holder (3). Remove ignition (IGN) stud (2) and blue wire (6) from regulator holder (3). Remove nut (7), lockwasher (8), and black wire (9) from negative (--) terminal of voltage regulator (5). Remove nut (10), lockwasher (11), and red wire (12) from positive (+) terminal of voltage regulator (5). Remove voltage regulator (5) and gasket (13) from alternator (14). Remove two brushes (15) from regulator holder (3). Change 5 6-14.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). NOTE Vise is used to securely hold pulley for step (9). (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) 6-14.2 Position alternator (14) in vise. Remove locknut (16) from shaft (17). Remove alternator (14) from vise. Remove pulley (18) from shaft (17). Remove cooling plate (19), key (20), and spacer (21) from shaft (17). Remove screw (22), lockwasher (23), and clip (24) from slip ring end housing (25). Remove three nuts (26) and wires (27) from terminals (28). Remove two screws (29), lockwashers (30), screws (31), lockwashers (32), spacers (33), and capacitor (34) from slip ring end housing (25). Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (16) Remove three locknuts (35), washers (36), and screws (37) from drive end housing (38) and slip ring end housing (25). CAUTION When removing rotor, completely separate rotor from stator. Stator will still be attached to slip ring housing. Do not attempt to separate stator from slip ring housing. Failure to comply may result in damage to stator wires. NOTE Rotor will remain attached to drive end housing during removal. (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) Remove drive end housing (38) and rotor assembly (39) from slip ring end housing (25) and stator (40). Remove three nuts (41) and stator (40) from slip ring end housing (25). Remove two screws (42) and capacitor (43) from positive rectifier (44) and negative rectifier (45). Remove screw (46) and wire (47) from positive rectifier (44). Remove nut (48) and positive terminal screw (49) from positive rectifier (44) and slip ring end housing (25). Change 5 6-14.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). NOTE Tag and mark wires before removal. (22) Remove six rectifier wires (50) from three terminals (28). CAUTION Do not remove lower bushing from positive rectifier. Failure to comply may damage bushing. (23) (24) (25) (26) 6-14.4 Remove lower mounting screw (51), lockwasher (52), washer (53), plastic washer (54), positive rectifier (44) with bushing (55), and bushing (56) from slip ring end housing (25). Remove screw (57) and wire (58) from negative rectifier (45). Remove nut (59), negative terminal screw (60), two insulation bushings (61), regulator holder (3), gasket (62), wire (47), and wire (58) from negative rectifier (45) and slip ring end housing (25). Remove three nuts (63) and terminal studs (64) from regulator holder (3). Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION Do not remove lower bushing from negative rectifier. Failure to comply may damage bushing. (27) Remove lower mounting screw (65), lockwasher (66), washer (67), plastic washer (68), negative rectifier (45) with bushing (69), and two washers (70) from slip ring end housing (25). (28) Position slip ring end housing (25) in press and remove bearing (71). Remove bushing (72) from slip ring end housing (25). (29) (30) Position drive end housing (38) and rotor assembly (39) in press with threaded end of shaft (17) pointing upward. CAUTION Protect rotor assembly from striking floor while pressing from drive end housing. Failure to comply may result in damage to rotor assembly. (31) Press rotor assembly (39) out from drive end housing (38). Change 5 6-14.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). (32) Remove four screws (73) and bearing retainer (74) from drive end housing (38). (33) Position drive end housing (38) in press with bearing (75) side down. Press bearing (75) out of drive end housing (38). (34) b. Testing. (1) Touch negative (--) test lead of multimeter to bare metal surface on positive rectifier (1). NOTE If multimeter does not indicate low resistance in step (2), positive rectifier is defective. Replace rectifier. (2) Touch positive (+) test lead of multimeter separately to each of three eyelet terminals (2). (3) Touch positive (+) test lead to bare metal surface on positive rectifier (1). NOTE If multimeter does not indicate infinity in step (4), positive rectifier is defective. Replace rectifier. (4) 6-14.6 Touch negative (--) test lead separately to each of three eyelet terminals (2). Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) Touch negative (--) test lead to bare metal surface on negative rectifier (3). NOTE If multimeter does not indicate infinity in step (6), positive rectifier is defective. Replace rectifier. (6) (7) Touch positive (+) test lead separately to each of three eyelet terminals (2). Touch positive (+) test lead to bare metal surface on negative rectifier (3). NOTE If multimeter does not indicate low resistance in step (8), positive rectifier is defective. Replace rectifier. (8) Touch negative (--) test lead separately to each of three eyelet terminals (2). NOTE If resistance reading in step (9) is low, stator is grounded and requires replacement. (9) Touch one test lead to bare metal surface of stator (4) and other test lead separately to each pair of three stator ring terminals (5, 6, and 7). NOTE If resistance is not 1.0 ohm or less, stator is defective. Replace stator. (10) Touch test leads to pairs of stator ring terminals (5 and 6), (6 and 7), and (5 and 7), and read resistance across each set of terminals. Change 5 6-14.7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). NOTE If multimeter does not indicate an open circuit in either test, rotor coil is grounded. Replace rotor. (11) Touch one test lead to bare metal surface on shaft (8) and other test lead separately to each slip ring (9). NOTE If resistance is not 10.0 ohms or less, replace rotor. (12) Touch test leads to each slip ring (9). NOTE Minimum outside diameter (OD) of slip rings is 1.057 in. (26.85 mm). If measurement is less, replace rotor. (13) Measure outside diameter (OD) of slip rings (9). NOTE Minimum outside diameter (OD) of shaft is 0.669 in. (17 mm). If measurement is less, replace rotor. (14) Measure diameter of shaft (8). c. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING · Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Wear protective goggles and gloves and use only in well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing, and do not breathe vapors. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. The flash point is 100-138oF (38-59oC). If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, get fresh air immediately and medical aid. If contact with eyes is made, wash your eyes with water and get medical aid immediately. · Compressed air for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment (goggles/shield, gloves, etc.). CAUTION Do not soak stator or rotor in solvents. Damage to insulation may result. (1) 6-14.8 Clean stator and rotor with dry cleaning solvent and clean cloth. Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Dry stator and rotor with compressed air or dry cloth. Clean all other components, except bearings, in dry cleaning solvent. Inspect electrical assemblies for damage, frayed or bare wires, or loose connections. Inspect mechanical assemblies for damage. Check for old or excess grease. Clean rectifier assembly holes and terminal screws to ensure good electrical contact. Clean carbon coating off slip rings with crocus cloth Inspect brushes for burnt appearance, cracks, broken edges. Check brush wear and replace if length measures less than 0.19 in. (4.8 mm). Check drive end housing bearing for smooth rotation. If bearing binds, replace bearing. Check slip ring housing bearing for missing rollers. If rollers are missing, replace bearing. d. Assembly. (1) Position drive end housing (1) in press. CAUTION Apply pressure only on outer portion of race when pressing bearing into drive end housing. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage. (2) (3) Press bearing (2) in drive end housing (1). Install bearing retainer (3) in drive end housing (1) with four screws (4). NOTE Threaded end of shaft must point downward. (4) (5) Install rotor assembly (5) in drive end housing (1). Remove rotor assembly (5) from press. Change 5 6-14.9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). (6) Position slip ring end housing (6) in press. NOTE When properly installed, bearing seats on lip inside bearing bore. (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) 6-14.10 Press bearing (7) in slip ring end housing (6). Press bushing (8) in slip ring end housing (6). Remove slip ring end housing (6) from press. Coat bearing (7) rollers with grease. Install negative (--) rectifier (9) in slip ring end housing (6) with bushing (10), two washers (11), plastic washer (12), washer (13), lockwasher (14), and mounting screw (15). Install black wire (16) on negative (--) rectifier (9) with screw (17). Install positive (+) rectifier (18) in slip ring end housing (6) with bushing (19), bushing (20), plastic washer (21), washer (22), lockwasher (23), and mounting screw (24). Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (14) Install red wire (25) on positive (+) rectifier (18) with screw (26). (15) Install three terminal studs (27) on regulator holder (28) with three nuts (29). CAUTION Red and black rectifier wires should be positioned in grooves between regulator holder and slip ring end housing. Failure to comply may result in damaged wiring. (16) Install positive (+) terminal screw (30), negative (--) terminal screw (31), two insulation bushings (32), regulator holder (28), new gasket (33), and two nuts (34) in slip ring end housing (6), positive (+) rectifier (18), and negative (--) rectifier (9). NOTE · Rectifier leads should be firmly seated in regulator holder. · Wires should be positioned in locations marked during removal. (17) (18) Install six rectifier leads (35) on three regulator studs (36). Install capacitor (37) on positive rectifier (18) and negative rectifier (9) with two screws (38). Change 5 6-14.11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). (19) Install stator ring terminals (39) on slip ring end housing (6) and regulator studs (36) with three nuts (40). (20) Aline screw holes on slip ring end housing (6), stator (41), and drive end housing (1). Install slip ring end housing (6) on drive end housing (1) with three screws (42), washers (43), and locknuts (44). (21) (22) 6-14.12 Install capacitor (45) on slip ring end housing (6) with two screws (46), lockwashers (47), screws (48), lockwashers (49), and spacers (50). Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Capacitor wires have three different lengths. Wires should be routed accordingly. (23) (24) (25) Install three wires (51) on regulator studs (36) with nuts (52). Secure three wires (51) to slip ring end housing (6) with screw (53), lockwasher (54), and clip (55). Position spacer (56), key (57), cooling plate (58), pulley (59), and locknut (60) on shaft (61). Do not tighten. NOTE Vise is used to hold pulley securely for step (26). (26) (27) (28) Position alternator (62) in vise. Tighten locknut (60) to 70-80 lb-ft (95-108 N∙m). Remove alternator (62) from vise. Change 5 6-14.13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-2.1. 24-VOLT ALTERNATOR REPAIR (CONT). NOTE If using original brushes, wear pattern must match radius of slip rings. (29) Insert two brushes (63) into regulator holder (28). NOTE Brush springs are held compressed with 1/16 in. sockethead screw key to aid installation of voltage regulator. (30) Compress brush springs (63). Install 1/16 in. sockethead screw key through pilot hole (64) in regulator holder (28), over springs (63), and into pilot hole (65) inside regulator holder (28). CAUTION Regulator can only be installed one way. Position regulator so regulator pins align with brush openings. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. NOTE Regulator must be positioned close to housing to allow installation of wires. (31) (32) (33) (34) Install red wire (25) on positive (+) terminal of voltage regulator (66) with lockwasher (67) and nut (68). Install black wire (16) on negative (--) terminal of voltage regulator (66) with lockwasher (69) and nut (70). Install blue wire (71) and ignition (IGN) stud (72) in regulator holder (28). Install nut (73) on ignition (IGN) stud (72). CAUTION Brush retaining pin must be positioned in grooves between regulator holder and slip ring end housing. Failure to comply may result in damaged wiring. (35) Position gasket (74) and voltage regulator (66) on regulator holder (28) with four screws (75). Do not tighten. (36) Remove sockethead screw key from rear of regulator holder (28). (37) Tighten four screws (75) on voltage regulator (66). e. Follow-On Maintenance. Install alternator (TM 9-2320-360-20). END OF TASK 6-14.14 Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-3. STARTER SOLENOID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models References All Test Equipment None None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Starter removed. Special Tools None Supplies Sealant, RTV200 Electrical, Item 55.2, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63G, Fuel and electrical systems repairer a. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support Removal. (1) (2) (3) (4) Remove nut (1) and lockwasher (2). Disconnect ground lead (3) from terminal (4). Remove nut (5) from motor terminal (6). Remove nut (7) from field terminal (8). Change 5 6-15 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Sustem Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-3. 6-16 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Installation. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. NOTE Apply electrical sealant to exposed wire connectors after installing connectors. (1) Install connector (1) on motor terminal (2). art (2) (3) Position solenoid (3) on starter (4) and plunger (5). Install connector (1) on field terminal (6). (4) Install clip (7) over seal (8) on plunger (5). Change 5 6-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-3. 6-18 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-20 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-22 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-24 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING 6-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-26 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-28 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-30 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 6-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-32 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-33 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-4. 6-34 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 6-35 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) Section Ill. CRANE SYSTEM 6-5. 6-36 ELECTRICAL TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-37 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-5. 6-38 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-6. 6-39 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-6. 6-40 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-7. 6-41 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-7. 6-42 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING 6-43 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-8. 6-44 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-45 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-8. 6-46 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-47 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-9. 6-48 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING 6-49 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-9. 6-50 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-51 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-9. 6-52 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-53 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-10. 6-54 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11. 6-55 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11. 6-56 TM9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (7) Disconnect cable (11) from junction box ( 1 2 ) . (8) Remove two lockwashers (9) Remove four lockwashers box (12). nuts (14), nuts (17), (13), and guard (15). (16), and junction NOTE Tag and mark electrical connectors before disconnecting. (10) Disconnect six electrical connectors (18). 6-57 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11. JUNCTION (CONT). BOX AND CONNECTOR b. D i s a s s e m b l y . (1) Remove cap (1). (2) Remove four screws (2), lockwashers (3), washers (4), and cover (5) from box (6). N O T E Tag and mark wires disconnecting. before removing or (3) Remove two screws (7) and three wires (8). (4) Remove sealnut (9), lockwasher (10), switch (11), and nut (12). NOTE Connector must be removed with cable module. (5) Remove nut (13) and lockwasher (14). (6) Remove nut (15), lockwasher (16), and connector (17). 6-58 REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M977, M985) TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (7) Disconnect eight wires (18). (8) Remove two screws (19), lockwasher (20), washers (21), and relay module (22). (9) Remove two screws (23), lockwashers (24), and washers (25). NOTE Connector must be removed with cable module. (10) Remove cable module (26), connector (17), and cables (27). (11) R e m o v e r u b b e r grommet (28) and wire (29) (12) Remove nut (30), screw (31), and chain and cap (32). 6-59 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11. JUNCTION BOX CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT) (13) Remove pin (33) from connector (17). (14) Remove pin (33) from wire (34). c. A s s e m b l y . (1) Install pin (1) on wire (2). (2) Install pin (1) in connector (3). (3) Install wire (4) and grommet (5) in box (6). (4) Install cap and chain (7), screw (8), and nut (9). 6-60 (M977,M985) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) Install cables (10), connector (3), and cable module (11). (6) Install two washers (12), lockwashers (13), and screws (14). (7) Install relay module (15) with two screws (16), lockwasher (17), ant washer (18). (8) Connect eight wires (19). (9) Install connector (3), lockwasher (20), and nut (21). (10) Install lockwasher (22) and nut (23). 6-61 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11. JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECTOR (CONT). (11) Install nut (24), switch (25), lockwasher (26), and sealnut (27). (12) Install three wires (28) with two screws (29). (13) Install cover (30) on box (6) with four washers (31), lockwashers (32), and screws (33). (14) Install cap (34). d. Installation. (1) Connect six electrical connectors (1). 6-62 REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M977,M985) TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (2) Install junction box (2), four lockwashers (3), and nuts (4). (3) Install guard (5), two lockwashers (6), and nuts (7). (4) Connect cable (8) to junction box (2). (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Install seal (9) and two wires (10) in connector (11). Connect two wires (10) to socket (12) with two screws (13). Install socket (12) in connector (11). Install washer (14) and screw (15). Install washer (16) and fitting (17) on connector (11). 6-63 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 6-11. JUNCTION (CONT). BOX AND CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M977, M985) N O T E M977 crane has 13 connectors. M985 crane has 12 connectors. (10) Install 12 seals (18) and connectors (11) on valves (19). (11) Tighten 12 screws (15). e. Follow-on Maintenance. Connect overload sensor switches (para 6-12). crane END OF TASK 6-11.1. JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M984E1). This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Assembly d. Installation e. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Equipment Models M984E1 Test Equipment None Special Tools Condition TM or Para Condition TM 9-2320-279-20 TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. Left remote control hookup connector removed. Overload protection switch disconnected. Right hand front control body removed (plugs only). Para 6-12.1 None Para Supplies 17-28.4 None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Heavy wheel vehicle mechanic References None Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support 6-64 Description TM Electrical a. 9-2320-279-34-1 System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Removal. (1) Disconnect connector (1) from high idle box (2), NOTE Remove all wire ties as necessary. (2) Remove two nuts (3), lockwashers (4), flatwashers (5), and screws (6). (3) Remove two nuts (7), lockwashers (8), flatwashers (9), screws (10), and front brace (11). (4) Remove box (12) from bracket (13). b. Disassembly. 6-64.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11.1. JUNCTION (CONT). BOX AND CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M984E1) (6) Remove two screws (11) and washers (12) from connector (13). NOTE All three pins must be removed at the same time. (7) Remove three pins (14) from connector (13). (8) Remove three pins (14) from wires (15). NOTE Tag and mark all wires. (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) 6-64.2 Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove four screws (16), lockwashers (17), washers (18), and cover (19) from box (20). seal nut (21), switch (22), lockwasher (23), and nut (24). two screws (25) and wire (26) from switch (22). cap (27) from connector (28). screw (29), washer (30), and chain (31) from box (20). nut (32) and lockwasher (33). TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TA476386 TA476386 (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) Remove four screws (34), lockwasher (35), and washers (36) from cable module (37). Remove two screws (38), lockwashers (39), and washers (40) from relay module (41). Remove cable module (37), relay module (41), and connector (28) from box (20). Disconnect seven connectors (42). Remove relay module (41), disconnect two connectors (42) and remove two wires (43). NOTE Tag and mark all wires. (20) (21) (22) (23) Remove Remove Remove Remove 11 pins (44) from connector (28). 11 pins (44) from wires (45). three plugs (46). four rivets (47) and tag (48). 6-64.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 6-11.1. c. JUNCTION (CONT). BOX AND CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M984E1) Assembly. (1) Install tag (1) with four rivets (2). (2) Install 11 pins (3) on wires (4). (3) Install 11 pins (3) in connector (5) and three plugs (6). (4) Connect seven wires (7) from relay module (8) to seven wires (9) from cable module (10) and two wires (11) with nine connectors (12). ( 5 ) Position relay module (8), cable module (10), and connector (5) in box (13). ( 6 ) Install two washers (14), lockwashers (15), and screws (16) in relay module (8). ( 7 ) Install four washers (17), lockwashers (18), and screws (19) in cable module (10). 6-64.4 TM9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Install chain (20) with washer (21) and screw (22). Install connector (5) in box (13) with lockwasher (23) and nut (24). Install cap (25) on connector (5). Connect two wires (11) with screws (26) to switch (27). Install nut (28) and lockwasher (29) on switch (27). Install switch (27) in box (13) with seal nut (30). Install cover (31) with four washers (32), lockwashers (33), and screws (34). Install Install Install Install Install Install Install three pins (35) on wires (36). three pins (35) in connector (37). two washers (38) and screws (39). fitting (40), washer (41), seal (42), and plug (43) on harness (44). two wires (45) with screws (46). plug connector (47) in plug (43) with washer (48) and screw (49). seal (42), washer (41), and fitting (40) in plug (43). 6-64.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-11.1. JUNCTION (CONT). d. BOX AND CONNECTOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (M984E1) Installation. (1) Install box (1) to bracket (2). (2) Install brace (3) with two screws (4), flatwashers (5), lockwashers (6). and nut (7). Do not tighten. (3) Install two screws (8), flatwashers (9), lockwashers (10), and nuts (11). (4) Tighten nuts (7 and 11). (5) Connect connector (3) to high idle box (4). e. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Right hand front control body plugs installed (para 17-28.4). (2) Overload protection switches connected (para 6-12.1). (3) Left hand remote control connector installed (TM 9-2320-279-20). (4) B a t t e r i e s c o n n e c t e d (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK 6-12. CRANE OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCHES REMOVAl/INSTALLATION (M977,M985). This task covers: a. b. c. d. Main Overload Switch Removal e. Mast Overload Switch Removal (M977 only) Main Overload Switch Installation f. Mast Overload Switch Installation (M977 only) g. Follow-on Maintenance Reduced Overload Switch Removal (M977 only) Reduced Overload Switch Installation (M977 only) INITIAL SETUP Models Equipment M977, M985 Test Equipment None Special Tools Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer None 6-64.6 Condition Description None Supplies References TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-10 Prepare crane for use. TM 9-2320-279-10 Boom raised approximately 1 ft (30 cm). Special Environmental Conditions None Personnel Condition General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM Electrical a. Main Overload Switch System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) Removal. N O T E ● Main overload switch is the same for M977 and M985. ● ‘lag and mark wires before removal. (1) Disconnect three wires (1) at connectors (2). (2) Remove nut (3) and main overload switch (4) from mounting bracket (5). b. Main Overload Switch Installation. NOTE Main overload switch is the same for M977 and M985. (1) Install main overload switch (1) on mounting bracket (2) with nut (3). (2) Connect three wires (4) to connectors (5) (fig. 6-1). 6-65 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-12. CRANE (CONT). OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCHES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Figure 6-1. Main Overload Switch Wiring. (3) Tighten nut (6) and jamnut (7) until one screw thread is below surface of nut (6). (4) Adjust nut (8) and jamnut (9) until main overload switch (1) is 1/4 in. (6 mm) from switch sensing plate (10), c. Reduced (M977 only). Overload Switch Removal NOTE Tag and mark wires before removal. (1) Disconnect three wires (1) at connectors (2). NOTE Remove clips and plastic cable ties. (2) Remove nut (3) and overload switch (4) from mounting bracket (5). 6-66 (M977, M985) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical d. Reduced Overload Switch System Maintenance Installation (M977 Instructions (Cont) only]. (1) Install reduced overload switch (1) on mounting bracket (2) with nut (3). (2) Connect three wires (4) to connectors (5) (fig. 6-2). Figure 6-2. Reduced Overload and Mast Overload Switch Wiring. 6-67 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 6-12. CRANE OVERLOAD . SENSOR SWITCHES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (3) Tighten nut (6) and jamnut (7) until one screw thread is below surface of nut (6). (4) Adjust nut (8) and jamnut (9) until reduced overload switch (1) is 1/4 in. (6 mm) from switch sensing plate (10). e. Mast Overload Switch Removal (M977 only). NOTE Tag and mark wires before removal. (1) Disconnect three wires (1) at connectors (2). NOTE Remove clips and plastic cable ties. (2) Remove four screws (3) and mounting clamp (4) from mast (5). (3) R e m o v e m a s t o v e r l o a d switch (6) from mounting clamp (4). 6-68 (M977, M985) TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) f. Mast Overload Switch Installation (M977 only). (1) Install mast overload switch (1) in mounting clamp (2). (2) Install mounting clamp (2) on mast (3) with four screws (4). (3) Connect three wires (5) to connectors (6) (fig. 6-2). (4) Loosen four screws (4) and adjust mounting clamp (2) so mast overload switch (1) is 1/8 in. (3 mm) from edge of mast (3). Tighten screws. g. follow-on Maintenance. Adjust overload sensor switches (para 17-33). END OF TASK 6-69 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-12.1. CRANE OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCHES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M984E1). AND PLATE AND TERMINAL BOX This task covers: c. Follow-on Maintenance a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Equipment Models M984E1 TM or Para Test Equipment Condition Special Environmental Conditions Special Too1s None None General Safety Instructions Supplies None None Level of Maintenance Required Direct Support MOS 63W, Heavy wheel vehicle repairer References None a. Removal. NOTE Remove wire clips and ties as necessary. Tag and mark all wires. (1) D i s c o n n e c t three connectors (l), (2), and (3). 6-70 Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Crane in operating condition. TM 9-2320-279-10 Position crane for access. None Personnel Condition TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (2) Remove two nuts (4), lockwashers (5), screws (6), and bracket (7). NOTE All four overload switches are removed the same way. ‘Iag and mark overload switches before removing. (3) Remove nut (8) and overload switch (9) from mounting bracket (10). NOTE The three overload switches are removed the same way. Remove clamp, wire ties and clips as necessary. ‘Iag and mark overload switches before removing. (4) Remove four screws (11) and mounting flange (12) from mast (13). (5) Remove overload switch (14) from mounting flange (12). (6) Remove two screws (15), lockwashers (16), and sensor plate (17). 6-70.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 (7) Remove four screws (18), lockwashers (19), washers (20), and cover (21) from box (22). NOTE ● Wires for seven overload switches are removed the same way. ● Remove wire clips and ties as necessary. (8) R e m o v e c o n n e c t o r ( 2 3 ) , spacer (24), and grommet (25) from fitting (26). NOTE Tag and mark wires before removing. (9) Loosen three screws (27) on terminal board (28) and remove wires (29). (10) R e m o v e c o n n e c t o r ( 2 3 ) , spacer (24), and grommet (25) from wire harness (30). (11) Remove four nuts (31), lockwashers (32), clamp (33), and box (22). 6-70.2 TM Electrical (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) b. Loosen Loosen Remove Remove Remove System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) six screws (27) and remove four rectifiers (34). six screws (27) and remove seven jumper wires (35). eight nuts (36) and fittings (26). four screws (37), nuts (38), and lockwashers (39). two strips (40) from box (22). Installation. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Install two strips (1) in box (2). Install four screws (3), lockwashers (4), and nuts (5). Install eight fittings (6) and nuts (7). Install seven jumper wires (8). Tighten six screws (9). Install four rectifiers (10) and tighten six screws (11). 6-70.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-12.1. (7) (8) (9) (l0) (11) CRANE OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCHES AND PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M984E1) (CONT). AND TERMINAL BOX Install box (2) with four lockwashers (12), clamp (13), and nuts (14) to boom (15). Install eight connectors (16), spacers (17), and grommet (18) on harness (19). Install eight connectors (16) to fittings (6). Install 24 wires (20). Tighten 22 screws (21). (12) Install cover (22) on box (2) with four washers (23), lockwashers (24), and screws (25). 6-70.4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System M a i n t e n a n c e I n s t r u c t i o n s ( C o n t ) (13) Install sensor plate (26) with two screws (27) and lockwashers (28). NOTE The three overload switches are installed the same way. (14) Install mast overload switch (29) in mounting flange (30). (15) Install mounting flange (30) on mast (31) with four screws (32). NOTE The four overload switches are installed the same way. (16) Install overload switch (33) on mounting bracket (34) with nut (35). NOTE Settings are made the same way for all four overload switches. (17) Tighten nut (36) and jamnut (37) until one screw thread is below surface of nut (36). (18) Adjust nut (35) and jamnut (38) until overload switch (33) is 1/16 in. (1.59 mm) from switch sensing plate (39). 6-70.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-12.1. CRANE OVERLOAD SENSOR SWITCHES AND PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M984E1) (CONT). (19) Install bracket (40) with two screws (41), AND lockwashers TERMINAL (42), and nuts BOX (43). N O T E Settings are made the same way for all three overload switches. (20) Loosen four screws (32) and adjust mounting flange (30) so overload switch (29) is 3/16 in. (4.76 mm) from sensor plate (26). Tighten screws (32). 6-70.6 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (21) Connect three connectors (44). c. Follow-on Maintenance. Adjust hoist overload protection switches (para 17-25.1). END OF TASK 6-70.7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Section 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS IV. WIRING HARNESSES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models Equipment All TM or Para Test Equipment None Special Condition Tools Insert removal tool 114010 Supplies Connector, electrical, butt, Item 31, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Tape, insulation, electrical, Item 62, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C Condition Special Environmental Conditions None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References a. Wheels chocked. Direct Support Removal. NOTE • Tag and mark all wires, • Remove all clamps and plastic cable ties as necessary. (1) Disconnect connector (1) from flasher relay (2). Remove wire (3) from connector (1). (2) Disconnect six wires (4) from turn signal connectors (5). 6-70.8 General Safety Instructions Level of Maintenance None Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-20 Instrument panel removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 TRACTION CONTROL switch removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Starter switch removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 TRACTION CONTROL indicator light removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 ENGINE STOP switch removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 ETHER START switch removed. TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (3) Remove nut (6), lockwasher (7), clip (8), five ground wires (9), lockwasher (10), washer (11), and screw (12) from panel (13). (4) Remove two screws (14) and wires (15) from switch (16). (5) Remove four screws (17) and headlight guard (18). (6) Remove two screws (19) and lockwashers (20). Remove dimmer switch (21) from bracket (22). (7) Remove six wires (23) from dimmer switch (21). 6-71 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (8) Disconnect two turn signal light connectors (24 and 25). (9) Disconnect three plugs (26) from left headlight (27). (10) Remove four nuts (28), washers (29), and 10 wires (30) from each of two brake stoplight switches (31). (11) Disconnect two wires (32) from brake low air switches (33) at right of brake treadle valve (34). (12) Disconnect three wires (35) from left composite light connectors (36). 6-72 (CONT). TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (13) Using insert removal tool, disconnect left step clearance light wire (37) from plug (38). (13.1) Remove two screws (38.1) and left step clearance light housing (38.2). (13.2) Remove mounting screw (38.3), left step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (38.4), and pigtail ground wire (38.5) from left step clearance light base (38.6). (14) Using insert removal tool, disconnect right step clearance light wire (39) from plug (40). (14.1) Remove two screws (40.1) and right step clearance light housing (40.2). (14.2) Remove mounting screw (40.3), right step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (40.4), and pigtail ground wire (40.5) from right step clearance light base (40.6). (15) Disconnect connector (41) from left and right front marker lights (42). (16) Disconnect two wires (43) from connectors (44) at electric horns (45). (17) Disconnect plug (46) from blackout light (47). Change 7 6-73 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (18) Remove electrical tape from three neutral start switch wires (48) and disconnect wires at connectors (49). (19) Remove screw (50), clamp (51), and heater control cable (52). (20) Disconnect three chassis wiring harness plugs (53) from under console (54). (21) Remove two nuts (55), lockwashers (56), and two wires (57) from stoplight switch (58). 6-74 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Remove 11 screws (59) and (22) two heater compartment covers (60). (23) Remove eight screws (61) and heater compartment cover (62). (24) Disconnect plug (63) takeoff (PTO) harness (25) Disconnect connector (26) Disconnect connector from power (64). (65). (66). (27) Disconnect plug (67) from main light switch (68). 6-75 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (28) Remove eight screws (69) and console side panel (70). (29) Disconnect three wires (71) from ON/OFF switch (72) and HIGH/LOW switch (73). NOTE WORK LIGHT switch is on M983, M984, and M984E1 only. (30) Disconnect two wires (74 and 75) from domelight switch (76) and WORK LIGHT switch (77). Disconnect three wires (78) from CLLPS switch (79). (31) Disconnect wire (80) from center terminal of heater fan switch (81). 6-76 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (32) Remove two screws (82) and domelight (83). NOTE Domelight wire will have to be pulled up through console. (33) Disconnect domelight wire (84) at connector (85). (34) Remove four screws (86) and headlight guard (87). (35) Disconnect three plugs (88) from right headlight (89). (36) Remove screw (90), washer (91), lockwasher (92), nut (93), and clip (94) holding cab wiring harness (95). (37) Disconnect three wire connectors (96) from right composite light wires (97). 6-77 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (38) Disconnect cab wiring harness (95) from circuit breaker rack (98) inside console (54). (39) Disconnect one harness wire (99) from starter relay (100) and two harness wires (101) from horn relay (102). (40) Pull neutral start switch wires (48) out through grommet (103). (41) Remove grommet (103) from console (54). (42) Remove grommet (104) from console (54). (43) Remove right composite light wires (105) from heater compartment (106). 6-78 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (44) (45) (46) (47) b. Disconnect two connectors (107). Remove three screws (108), washers (109), and clamps (11O) holding cab wiring harness (95). Remove 12 screws (111) and three receptacles (112) from console (54). Remove cab wiring harness (95). Installation. NOTE All cab wiring harness connections need to be secure. Tie all excess wiring together with plastic cable ties. (1) Install cab wiring harness (1) in console (2). (2) Push domelight wire (3), three neutral start switch wires (4), and left step clea rance light wire (5) through grommet (6). (3) Install grommet (6) in console (2). 6-79 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING (4) Install three screws (8). (5) Install three and washers (6) Connect two (7) Connect two starter relay (8) Connect one relay (16). (9) Connect cab breaker rack HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION receptacles (7) with 12 clamps (9) with screws (10) (11). connectors (12). harness wires (13) to (14). harness wire (15) to horn wiring harness (1) to circuit (17). (10) Pull right composite light wires (18) through hole in heater compartment (19). NOTE Tie right composite light wires with plastic cable ties. (11) Route right composite light wires (18) through clip (20) and install clip to glove box (21) with screw (22), washer (23), lockwasher (24), and nut (25). (12) Connect three right composite light wires (18) to wire connectors (26). (13) Connect three plugs (27) to right headlight (28), (14) Install headlight guard (29) with four screws (30). 6-80 (CONT). TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (15) Connect domelight wire (31) to connector (32). (16) Install domelight (33) with two screws (34). (17) Connect wire (35) to center terminal on heater fan switch (36). NOTE WORK LIGHT switch is on M983, M984, and M984E1 only. (18) Connect two wires (37) to DOMELIGHT switch (38) and WORK LIGHT switch (39). Connect three wires (40) to CL LPS switch (41). 6-81 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE ENGINE BRAKE switches are identical. Install both switches so that up position is ON-HIGH and down position is OFF-LOW. (19) Connect three wires (42) to ON/OFF switch (43). (20) Connect three wires (44) to HIGH/LOW switch (45). (21) Install console side panel (46) with eight screws (47). (22) Connect plug (48) to main light switch (49) inside console side panel (46). (23) Connect plug (50) to power takeoff (PTO) harness (51). (24) C o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r ( 5 2 ) . (25) C o n n e c t c o n n e c t o r ( 5 3 ) . 6-82 (CONT). TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (26) Install grommet (54) in console (2). (27) Connect three chassis wiring harness plugs (55) to cab wiring harness connectors (56) under cab console floor (57). (28) Install heater control cable (58) with clamp (59) and screw (60). (29) Connect two wires (61) to stoplight switch (62) with two lockwashers (63) and nuts (64). (30) Connect three neutral start switch wires (4) to connectors (65). (31) Wrap electrical tape over three neutral start switch wires (4) and connectors (65). 6-83 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. 6-84 CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (32) (33) Connect plug (66) to blackout light (67). Connect two wires (68) to connectors (69) at electric horns (70). (34) Connect connector (71) to right and left front marker lights (72). Change 7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (35) Using insert removal tool, connect wire (73) at plug (74) to left step clearance light (75). (35.1) Feed left step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (75.1) through left step clearance light base (75.2) from behind. (35.2) Attach left step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (75.1) and pigtail ground wire (75.3) to left step clearance light base (75.2) with mounting screw (75.4). (35.3) Install left step clearance light housing (75.5) on left step clearance light base (75.2) with two screws (75.6). (36) Using insert removal tool, connect wire (76) at plug (77) to right step clearance light (78). (36.1) Feed right step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (78.1) through right step clearance light base (78.2) from behind. (36.2) Attach right step clearance light-to-cab ground wire (78.1) and pigtail ground wire (78.3) to right step clearance light base (78.2) with mounting screw (78.4). (36.3) Install right step clearance light housing (78.5) on right step clearance light base (78.2) with two screws (78.6). Change 7 6-84.1/(6-84.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (37) Connect three wires (79) to left composite light connectors (80). (38) Connect three plugs (81) to left headlight (82). (39) Connect two side turn signal wires (83) to connectors (84). (40) Install 10 wires (85) to each of two brake stoplight switches (86) with four nuts (87) and washers (88). (41) Connect two wires (89) to brake low air switches (90) at right of brake treadle valve (91). 6-85 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-13. CAB WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (42) Connect six wires (92) to dimmer switch (93). (43) Install dimmer switch (93) on bracket (94) with two screws (95) and lockwashers (96). (44) Install headlight guard (97) with four screws (98). (45) Install clip (99) and five ground wires (100) behind panel (101) with screw (102), washer (103), lockwasher (104), lockwasher (105), and nut (106). (46) Install two wires (107) with screws (108) to switch (109). (47) Pull six wires (110) up into instrument compartment. (48) Connect six wires (110) to turn signal connectors (111). (49) Install wire (112) into connector (113). Install connector on flasher relay (114). 6 - 8 6 (CONT). TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (50) (51) c. Install two heater compartment covers (115) on console (2) with 11 screws (116). Install heater compartment cover (117) with eight screws (118). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Install ETHER START switch (TM 9-2320--279-20). Install starter switch (TM 9-2320--279-20). Install TRACTION CONTROL switch (TM 9-2320--279-20). Install ENGINE STOP switch (TM 9-2320--279-20). Install TRACTION CONTROL indicator light (TM 9-2320--279-20). Install instrument panel (TM 9-2320--279-20). Connect batteries (TM 9-2320--279-20). END OF TASK 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Connector, electrical butt, Item 31, Appendix C Sealant, RTV200 Electrical, Item 55.2, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Tape, insulation, electrical, Item 62, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C c. Follow-on Maintenance Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support Change 5 6-87 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. a. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). Removal. NOTE ● Tag and mark all connections and wires before disconnecting. ● Cut plastic cable ties as necessary. (1) Disconnect two connectors (1) from two receptacles (2). (2) Disconnect two-pin connector (3). NOTE M984E1 has only two cushion clips. (3) Remove screw (4), washer (5), and cushion clip (6) to free engine harness (7) from lower right flange of transmission (8). 6-88 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (4) Disconnect STE/ICE harness (9) from engine harness (7) at connector (10). (5) Remove nut (11) and disconnect wire (12) from transmission temperaturre sending unit (13). (6) Cut wire (14) to transmission lockup solenoid (15). NOTE On M984E1, power takeoff is turned around. (7) Disconnect connector (16) from power takeoff solenoid (17). 6-89 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 16-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Ž All cushion clips are removed the same way. • M984E1 does not, have cushion clip. (8) Remove screw (18), washer (19), and cushion clip (20) to free engine harness (7) from upper flange of transmission (8). (9) Disconnect ether start plug (21) at harness socket (22). (10) Disconnect two wires (23) from water temperature thermostat (24). 6-90 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (11) Disconnect wire from tachometer sending unit (25) at harness connector (26). (12) Cut wire to disconnect high idle solenoid wire at connector (27). (13) Cut left engine brake wire (28) at electrical butt connector (29). (14) Cut right engine brake wire (30) at electrical butt connector (31). 6-91 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) 6-92 Disconnect two wires (32) from buffer switch (33) by pulling wires off switch terminals. Remove two nuts (34) and disconnect two wires (35) from engine shutdown solenoid (36). Return nuts to shutdown solenoid terminals (37). Remove nut (38) and washer (39). Disconnect wires (40 and 41) from starter solenoid terminal (42). Remove nut (43), washer (44), and wire (45) from starter solenoid terminal (46). Remove nut (47) and lockwasher (48). Disconnect harness wires (49 and 51) and wire (52) from starter terminal (53). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (20) (21) (22) Remove nut (54) and lockwasher (55). Remove wire (56) from oil pressure sending unit (57). Pull two wires (58) from low oil pressure switch (59). Remove screw (60). Disconnect wire (61) from low engine oil switch (62). (23) (24) (25) Remove screw (63) and disconnect wire (64). Remove screw (65) and disconnect wire (66). Remove screw (67) and disconnect ether start ground wire (68). Change 3 6-93 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/lNSTALLATION (CONT). (26) Remove nut (69) and disconnect wire (70) from starter solenoid (71). (27) Remove three nuts (72) and washers (73). Disconnect two wires (74 and 75) from terminals at alternator (76) and one wire (77) from alternator regulator (78). 6-94 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 6-95 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. b. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). Installation. (1) Wrap electrical tape around loose wires of harness (1) to make it easier to thread wires through engine. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. NOTE Apply electrical sealant to exposed wire connectors after installing connectors. 6-96 (2) (3) Install two connectors (2) to receptacles (3). Connect two-pin connector (4). (4) Begin threading taped ends of harness (1) through vehicle from beneath right rear corner of engine. Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Remove tape, as necessary, to connect harness ends to component or connector. (5) Pull harness all the way to the left and connect lead (5) to water temperature sending unit (6) with washer (7) lockwasher (8) and nut (9). (6) Connect lead (10) to high water temperature switch (11) with washer (12), lockwasher (13), and nut (14). (7) Connect wire (15) to alternator regulator (16) and wires (17 and 18) to terminals of alternator (19). Secure each wire with washer (20) and nut (21). 6-97 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (8) (9) (10) (11) 6-98 Connect wire (22) to starter solenoid (23) with nut (24). Connect ether start ground wire (25) to bracket (26) with screw (27). Connect wire (28) with screw (29). Connect two wires (30) with screw (31). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (12) Connect lead (32) to low engine oil switch (33) with screw (34). (13) Connect two wires (35) to low oil pressure switch (36). (14) Connect wire (37) to oil pressure sending unit (38) with lockwasher (39) and nut (40). (15) Connect wire (41) and harness wires (42 and 44) to starter terminal (45) with lockwasher (46) and nut (47). (16) (17) Connect wire (48) to starter solenoid terminal (49) with washer (50) and nut (51). Connect two wires (52 and 53) to starter solenoid terminal (54) with nut (55) and washer (56). Change 3 6-99 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (18) Thread two wires (57) to engine shutdown solenoid (58) and connect to shutdown solenoid terminal (59) with two nuts (60). (19) Route three wires (61) under engine shutdown solenoid (58) and push slip-on terminals onto terminals of buffer switch (62). (20) Pull together right engine brake wire (63) and its companion wire (64) from harness. Insert stripped ends of each wire into electrical butt connector (65) and crimp connector to complete splice. (21) Pull together left engine brake wire (66) and its companion wire (67) from harness. Insert stripped ends of each wire into electrical butt connector (68) and crimp connector to complete splice. 6-100 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (22) Connect high idle solenoid wire (69) to connector (70). (23) Push connector (71) of tachometer sending unit (72) firmly into harness connector (73). (24) Connect push-on terminals (74) of two wires (75) to water temperature thermostat (76). (25) Connect ether start plug (77) into harness socket (78). 6-101 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-14. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE M984E1 does not use this cushion clip. (26) Install cushion clip (79) around engine harness (1) and secure cushion clip to flange of transmission (80) with washer (81) and screw (82). NOTE On M984E1, power takeoff is turned around. (27) Connect two wires (83) to power takeoff solenoid (84). (28) Pull wire (85) from transmission lockup solenoid (86) and harness wire (87) together. Insert stripped ends into electrical butt connector (88) and crimp connector to complete splice. 6-102 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) (29) Connect wire (89) to transmission temperature sending unit (90) with nut (91). (30) Connect STE/ICE harness (92) and engine harness (93) at connector (94). NOTE M984E1 uses two cushion clips. (31) Anchor engine harness (1) to lower right flange of transmission (80) with cushion clip (95), washer (96), and screw (97). c. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Connect batteries (TM 9-2320-279-20). (2) Start engine and check operation of engine components (TM 9-2320-279-20). (3) Shut off engine (TM 9-2320-279-10). END OF TASK 6-103 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/iNSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models References All except M984E1 Test None Equipment Equipment None Condition TM or Para Special Tools None Supplies Connector, electrical, butt, Item 31, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Tape, insulation, electrical, Item 62, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Shut off engine. TM 9-2320-279-10 Air system drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-20 Work lamps and bracket removed (M984). Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer Level of Maintenance Direct a. Support Removal. NOTE Tag and mark all wires and connectors. (1) Remove four screws (1), lockwashers (2), nuts (3), and trailer electrical connector (4), (2) Remove spring cover (5) from mounting bracket (6). 6-104 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE · Remove clamp, cushion clips, and plastic cable ties as necessary. · Cushion clips are returned to same positions after section of chassis harness is removed. (3) Remove nut (7), lockwasher (8), washer (9), screw (10), and cushion clip (11) from chassis wiring harness (12). NOTE Do step (4) for wiring each rear composite light. (4) Disconnect four connectors (13). NOTE · Do step (5) for M978 only. · Do step (5.1) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (5) Disconnect tanker module power connector (14) at left rear of frame (15). (5.1) Disconnect high mount stop lamp connector (15.1) from under left rear of vehicle. Change 5 6-105 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS NOTE Do steps (6) through (11) for M977 and M985 only. (6) Disconnect 4-pin crane power connector (16). NOTE Left and right clearance light wiring harnesses are removed the same. (7) Pull clearance light wiring harness (17) from under subframe (18). (8) Open loom (19) and cut chassis wiring harness (12). (9) Disconnect locking device (20) from connector (21). (10) Disconnect connector (22) from connector (21). (11) Pull harness branch (23) down under vehicle. 6-106 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Do steps (12) through (16) M 9 8 3 only. (12) Disconnect clearance light connector (24). (13) Disconnect crane power connector (25). (14) Push back sleeving (26) and loom (27). Remove connector (28) from harness work light branch (29) and work light wires (30). NOTE Ground wire will come free when right-rear screw is removed. (15) Remove four nuts (31), lockwashers (32), ground wire (33), and four screws (34). (16) Remove spring cover (35) and inter-vehicular connector (36) from mounting bracket (37). 6-107 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Do steps (17) and (18) on each side of M984 only. (17) Remove three nuts (38), lockwashers (39), screws (40), washers (41), three cushion clips (42), and chassis wiring harness (12). (18) Remove two screws (43), cushion clips (44), and chassis wiring harness (12). NOTE Ž Ž Chassis wiring harness is attached to crossmembers on frame. Harness cable is removed from rear between frame and body toward engine. (19) Remove two brake lines (45) and pull chassis wiring harness (12) between crossmember (46) and frame (15). 6-108 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instruction 9-2320-279-34-1 (CONT) (20) Remove nut (47), lockwasher (48), screw (49), and cushion clip (50). NOTE Trailer electrical connector on chassis wiring harness must be turned sideways to fit through transfer case mount. (21) Pull chassis wiring harness (12) through transfer case mount (51). (22) Remove tape from speedometer cable plug (52) and disconnect wiring harness (12). (23) Remove nut (53), lockwasher (54), washer (55), chassis wiring harness (12) from stud (56) on fuel level sending unit (57). 6-109 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Chassis wiring harness cable cannot move past transfer case front crossmember. Trailer electrical connector at end of cable will not fit through clearance. (24) Pull chassis wiring harness (12) up to crossmember (58) in front of transfer case (59). NOTE All cushion clips, plastic cable ties, and hardware from chassis harness must be removed to pull chassis harness through frame. (25) Disconnect chassis harness plug (60) from engine harness plug (61) at engine harness connectors (62). (26) Pull chassis wiring harness (12) through cab and frame up to engine harness connectors (62). 6-110 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (27) Remove two nuts (63) and chassis wiring harness (12) from towing brake pressure switch (64). (28) Pull back rubber boot (65) on air dryer (66). NOTE · M983 with crane has three wires. · Do step (29.1) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (29) Remove nut (67), two lockwashers (68), and two wires (69). (29.1) Disconnect connector (69.1) from connector (69.2). (30) Remove chassis harness connector (70) from receptacle (71) under cab floor (72). Change 5 6-111 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (31) Remove nut (73), lockwasher (74), screw (75), and two cushion clips (76). (32) Pull chassis wiring harness (12) out from cab (77). (33) Loosen lockring (78) and back shell (79) from chassis harness connector (70). (34) Push back shell (79) and lockring (78) down chassis wiring harness (12) and pull harness from vehicle. 6-112 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-113 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. (3) CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). Route chassis wiring harness (1) up under cab beside chassis/engine harness (7). NOTE Do step (4.1) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (4) Connect chassis harness connector (6) to receptacle (8) under cab floor (9). (4.1) Connect connector (9.1) to connector (9.2). 6-114 Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-115 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-116 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-117 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-118 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-119 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Left and right clearance light wiring harnesses are installed the same. (24) (25) (26) Connect clearance light wiring harness (65) with electrical butt connector (66). Close loom (67) over clearance light wiring harness (65). Connect 4-pin crane power connector (68). NOTE · Do step (27) for M978 only. Do step (27.1) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (27) Connect tanker module power connector (69) at left rear of frame (34). (27.1) Connect high mount stop lamp connector (69.1) under left rear of vehicle. · 6-120 Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical Systems Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-121 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-15.1. TM 9-2320-279-20 TM 9-2320-279-20 Appendix C 6-122 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) NOTE Do steps (2) through (6) for right and left rear clearance light and taillight wires. Right rear shown. (2) Remove three screws (8), nuts (9) lockwashers (10), and cover (11). (3) Disconnect clearance light wire (12). Remove wire from cover (11). (4) Disconnect four taillight wires (13). (5) Remove clearance light wire (12) taillight wires (12) and grommet (14) from fender (15). (6) Remove grommets (14) from wires (12 and 13). (7) Disconnect connector (16) from high idle control box (17). (8) Remove screws (18) and clamps (19) from rear fenders (15 and 20) and chassis wiring harness (2 1). (9) Pull chassis wiring harness (21) under vehicle. 6-122.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-15.1. CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M984E1) (CONT). (10) Remove nut (22), two lockwashers (23), and three wires (24). (10.1) Remove nut (24.1), lockwasher (24.21, wires (24.3 and 24.4), and screw (24.5) from right side axle stop (24.6). (11) Disconnect connector (25) from clearance light harness connector (26) and equipment body (27). (12) 6-122.2 Remove tape from speedometer wire connector (28) and disconnect connector (29). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-122.3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-122.4 System Maintenance (Cont) TM Electrical System Maintenance 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 6-122.5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-122.6 System Maintenance (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-122.7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-122.8 System Maintenance (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-122.9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-122.10 System Maintenance (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) (18.1) Install Screw (52.1), two wires (52.2 and 52.3), lockwasher (52.4), and nut (52.5) on right side axle (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) stop (52.6). Install three wires (53), two lockwashers (54), and nut (55). Route chassis harness (1) and taillight and clearance light wires (56 and 57) up to high idle control box (58) and rear fenders (59 and 60). Connect connector (61) to high idle control box (58). Install grommets (62) on taillight and clearance light wires (56 and 57). Push taillight and clearance light wires (56 and 57) through holes in rear fenders (59 and 60). Install grommets (62) in holes. Install two clamps (63) and screws (64). Change 3 6-122.11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-15.1 CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M984E1) (CONT). NOTE Do steps (26, 27, and 28) for both right and left rear clearance light and taillight wires. Right side shown. (25) Install clearance light connectors (65) through grommet (66). Connect connector (65) to wire (56). (26) Connect four taillight wires (57). (27) Install cover (67) screws (68), lockwashers (69) and nuts (70). (28) Install trailer electrical connector (71) trailer electrical connector cover (72) four screws (73) three lockwashers (74), two wires (75), two lockwashers (76) and four nuts (77). c. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install skid plate grille (TM 9-2320-279-20). (2) Connect batteries (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK 6-122.12 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-16. CHASSIS/ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models References All except M984E1 Test Equipment None Special Tools None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-20 Skid plate grille removed. Special Environmental Conditions None Supplies Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C General Safety Instructions Personnel Required Level of Maintenance MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer a. None None Direct Support Removal. NOTE · Tag and mark all wires and connectors. · Remove clamps, cushion clips, and plastic ties as necessary. · Cushion clips are returned to same positions after section of chassis/engine wire harness is removed. · Do step (1) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (1) Disconnect connector (1) from connector (1.1). (1.1) Remove two plug connectors (1.2 and 2) from receptacles (3 and 4) under cab floor (5). Change 5 6-122.13/(6-122.14 blank) TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 6-123 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-16. CHASSIS/ENGINE WIRING HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Three clips attach chassis/engine harness to frame. All clips are installed to frame the same way. (3) Attach chassis/engine harness (7) to frame (8) with clip (9), screw (10), washer (11), lockwasher (12), and nut (13). (4) Route chassis/engine harness (7) through frame (8) and up under cab floor (14). Bundle harness (15) to chassis/engine harness with plastic cable ties along length of harness. NOTE Connectors are keyed to fit proper receptacles only. (5) Connect two plug connectors (16 and 17) to two receptacles (18 and 19) under cab floor (14). NOTE c. · Install clamps, cushion clips, and plastic ties as necessary. · Do step (6) for M978 only if equipped with high mount stop light. (6) Connect connector (20) to connector (21). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) Install skid plate grille (TM 9-2320-279-20). Connect batteries (TM 9-2320-279-20). Start engine, check vehicle operation (TM 9-2320-279-10). END OF TASK 6-124 Change 5 TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 6-17. TM 9-2320-279-20 TM 9-2320-279-20 Appendix C Appendix C 6-125 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-126 System Maintenance (Cont) TM Electrical System Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 6-127 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-128 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance (Cont) 6-129 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical 6-130 System Maintenance (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-18. HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M978). This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models References M978 None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Para 7-91 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-10 Pump module rear doors opened. Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Tags, identification, Item 48, Appendix C Special Environmental Conditions None Personnel Required General Safety Instructions MOS 63S, Heavy wheel vehicle mechanic a. None Removal. NOTE Tag and mark wires before disconnecting. (1) (2) (3) Remove four screws (1) and guard (2) from rear of right hand door (3). Disconnect connector (4) from high mount stop lamp (5). Repeat steps (1) and (2) for left hand door. Change 5 6-131 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 6-18. (4) HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP HARNESS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (M978) (CONT). Disconnect high mount stop lamp wire harness connector (6) from chassis wire harness connector (7) under left rear of vehicle. NOTE b. · Remove clamps, cushion clips, and cable ties as necessary. · Cushion clips are returned to same positions after section of high mount stop lamp harness is removed. · Note routing of high mount stop lamp harness to ensure proper installation. (5) Remove high mount stop lamp harness (8) from vehicle. Installation. (1) Position and route high mount stop lamp harness (1) as noted prior to removal. NOTE (2) · Install clamps, cushion clips, and cable ties as necessary. · Cushion clips are returned to same positions after section of high mount stop lamp harness is installed. Connect high mount stop lamp wire harness connector (2) to chassis wire harness connector (3) under left rear of vehicle. 6-132 Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Electrical System Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (3) (4) (5) c. Connect connector (4) to high mount stop lamp (5) on right hand door (6). Install guard (7) on door (6) with four screws (8). Repeat steps (3) and (4) for left hand door. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) Connect batteries (para 7-91). Close pump module rear doors (TM 9-2320-279-10). Check operation of high mount stop lamps. Change 5 6-133/(6-134 blank) Change 5 6-133 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 7 TRANSMISSION MAINTENANCE Contents Para General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Transmission Shift Tower Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Transmission Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Transmission Installation/Removal From Transmission Stand.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Flywheel AssemblyRemoval/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Torque Converter Stator Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Torque Converter Pump Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Torque ConverterHousingRemoval/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Transmission Housing Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Oil Pan Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Internal Filter Element Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Gear Unit and Main Shaft Assembly Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Output Yoke, Dust Shield, and Oil Seal Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Forward Clutch AssemblyRemoval/Repair/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Rear Cover and First Clutch Assembly Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Fourth Clutch AssemblyRemoval/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Third Clutch and Center Support Housing Removal/Repair/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Second Clutch and Center Support Housing Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Control Valve BodyRemoval/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Modulator Valve Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Lock up Cutoff ValveBodyRemoval/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Governor Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Section 1 . Page 7-1 7-1 7-3 7-8 7-33 7-36 7-47 7-50 7-55 7-68 7-72 7-76 7-77 7-89 7-91 7-106 7-116 7-122 7-130 7-135 7-153 7-154 7-156 INTRODUCTION 7-1. G E N E R A L . This chapter contains maintenance instructions for removal, installation, and repair of the transmission at the direct support and general support maintenance levels. Subassemblies and parts which must be removed before transmission components can be removed or repaired are referenced to other paragraphs of this manual or TM 9-2320-279-20. Section Il. SERVICE AND INSPECTION Transmission Maintenance Instructions 7-2. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. a. F o l l o w t h e s e m a i n t e n a n c e p r a c t i c e s w h e n w o r k i n g o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n . ( 1 ) Handle transmission parts and subassemblies carefully to prevent nicking, scratching, and denting. Parts which fit together closely and must have proper operating clearance can bind if damaged. This is very important concerning parts of the control valve body assembly (valves, when dry, must move freely by their own weight). Parts which depend upon smooth surfaces for sealing may leak if scratched. ( 2 ) Do not use metal tools on transmission housing when removing gaskets, packings, or seals to avoid scratching sealing surfaces. Use pointed wooden dowel to remove packings from grooves. Use wooden or plastic scrapers on gasket surfaces. 7-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-2. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (CONT). b. Follow these cleaning instructions when working on the transmission. (1) All parts must be-clean to permit effective inspection. During assembly no dirt or foreign material can be allowed to enter the transmission. Even minute particles can cause malfunction of close-fit parts, such as valves. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (2) All transmission metallic parts, except bearings and friction-faced clutch plates, should be cleaned thoroughly with dry cleaning solvent or by steam cleaning method. Do not use caustic soda solution for steam cleaning. Use only dry cleaning solvent to clean friction-faced clutch plates. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning and drying purposes will be reduced to 30 psi (207 kPa) and used only with adequate chip guarding and personal protection equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (3) Bearings should drip and air dry, then be oiled. Other parts should be dried with compressed air. Steam cleaned parts should be oiled immediately after drying to prevent rust. (4) Clean oil passages by working a piece of soft wire back and forth through the passages and flushing with dry cleaning solvent. Dry passages with compressed air. (5) Examine parts, especially oil passages, after cleaning to make certain they are entirely clean. Reclean parts if necessary. c. Follow these inspection instructions when working on the transmission. (1) Inspect surfaces in contact with gaskets, packings, or seals for nicks, burrs, or scratches. Remove any defect before assembly. (2) Before inspection, oil bearings lightly with same type of oil used in transmission to prevent damage to bearings. (3) Inspect bores for wear, scratches, grooves, burrs, and dirt. Remove scratches, grooves, and burrs with crocus cloth. Remove foreign matter. Replace deeply scratched or grooved parts. (4) Inspect housings and other cast parts for cracks. (5) Inspect machined surfaces for damage that could cause oil leakage or other malfunction. Correct damage with crocus cloth, if possible, or replace defective parts. (6) Inspect gears for scuffed, nicked, burred, worn, or broken teeth. If defect cannot be removed with soft stone, replace gear. (7) Inspect thrust face of gears for scoring, scratches, and burrs. Remove defects with soft stone. If scratches and scoring cannot be removed with soft stone, replace gear. (8) Inspect splined parts for stripped, twisted, chipped, or burred splines. Remove burrs with soft stone. Replace part if other defects are found. Spline wear is not considered defective except where it affects tightness of an assembly such as driveline flanges. (9) Inspect retaining rings for nicks, distortion, and looseness. Retaining ring must snap tight in groove for proper functioning. Replace retaining ring if any defects are found. (10) Inspect springs for signs of overheating, permanent set, or wear due to rubbing adjacent parts. Replace spring if any of these defects are found. (11) Inspect friction clutch plates (internal-splined plates) for burrs, embedded metal particles, severely pitted faces, loose facings, excessive wear, cracks, distortion, and damaged spline teeth. Remove burrs using soft stone. Replace clutch plates which have other defects. (12) Inspect steel clutch plates (external-tanged plates) for burrs, scoring, excessive wear, distortion, embedded metal, galling, cracks, breaks, and damaged tangs. Remove burrs and minor surface defects using soft stone. Replace clutch plates which have other defects. 7-2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Section III. 7-3. TM 9-2320-279-10 TM 9-2320-279-20 TM 9-2320-279-20 7-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-4 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM Transmission M a i n t e n a n c e Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-6 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1. Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (8) Install angle bracket (15) with two screws (16) and nuts (17). (9) Install switch (18) with screw (19), washer (20), spacer (21), washer (22), and nut (23). (10) Install washer (24) and cotter pin (25). d. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install shift control (TM 9-2320-279-20). (2) Install shift cable (TM 9-2320-279-20). (3) Adjust neutral safety switch (TM 9-2320-27420). END OF TASK 7-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Section IV. TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY 7-4. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Antifreeze, permanent, glycol, inhibited, Item 10, Appendix C. Compound, sealing, thread locking, Item 26, Appendix C. Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 29, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 47, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Wood block, 4x6x40 in. (102x152x1016 mm), Item 69, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Transmission and transfer case set to Neutral. TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. TM 9-2320-279-10 Spare tire removed. TM 9-2320-279-10 Engine side panels removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Engine cover removed. 7-8 Change 3 Equipment Condition (cont) TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Cargo body front panel removed (M977, M985). Para 15-9 Cargo body floor panel removed (M977, M985). TM 9-2320-279-20 Fuel can stowage box removed (M978). TM 9-2320-279-20 30 KW generator removed (M983). TM 9-2320-279-20 Rear decking removed (M983 without crane). Para 15-6 Cargo body removed (M984). TM 9-2320-279-20 Right and left rear splash guards removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Hydraulic reservoir drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Transmission fluid drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Air system drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Coolant system lowered. Para 13-6 Lift bracket assemblies removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions Wheels chocked. Level of Maintenance Direct Support. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-10 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Go to step (22) when removing transmission on M984E1. (18) (19) Disconnect hose (34) from fitting (35). Remove four screws (36), lockwashers (37), and two clamp halves (38), and move fitting (39) with preformed packing (39.1) aside. NOTE Trucks with guard, perform step (19.1). Trucks without guard, proceed to step (21). (19.1) Loosen two screws (39.2) and remove guard (39.3). (20) Deleted. (21) Remove four screws (42), lockwashers (43), two clamp halves (44), hose (45), and preformed packing (45.1). Change 3 7-10.1/(7-10.2 blank) TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-12 Maintenance Instructions ( C o n t ) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions ( C o n t ) 7-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-14 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-15 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-16 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-18 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Left and right side mounting brackets are removed the same. Left side is shown. Tag and mark mounting brackets. (59) Remove six screws (122), lockwashers (123), and transmission mount (109). NOTE Skip steps (61) through (64) for M984E1. (60) Remove five nuts (124) and washers (125) from base of FY10 (126). (61) Remove screw (127). (62) Remove PTO (126) and hydraulic pump (128) from transmission (120). CAUTlON Access hole must be covered to prevent dust and dirt from entering transmission and causing damage to equipment. (63) Remove gasket (129) from transmission (120). Cover transmission access hole (130). NOTE All components removed in this procedure must be installed on replacement (new) transmission. Refer to paragraph 23-9 if transmission is to be prepared for storage. 7-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-4. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). b. Installation (1) (2) (3) NOTE Refer to paragraph 23-9 if transmission must be unpacked from container. Install fittings, sending units, and plugs from old transmission on new transmission. Skip steps (1) through (3) when installing transmission on M984E1. Uncover access hole before doing step (1). Install gasket (1) on transmission access hole (2). Install hydraulic pump (3) and PTO (4) on transmission (5) with five nuts (6), washers (7), and screw (8). Tighten nuts (6) and screw (8) to 30 to 35 lb-ft (41 to 48 N•m). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (3.1) Apply thread locking sealing compound to threads of six screws (11). NOTE Left and right mounting brackets are installed the same. Left side is shown. (4) Install transmission mount (9) with six lockwashers (10) and screws (11). Tighten screws to 130 to 140 lb-ft (176 to 190 N•m). WARNING Keep out from under heavy parts. Falling parts may cause serious injury or death. (5) 7-20 Hook one chain of lifting device to transmission yoke (12) and chains to left and right transmission mounts (9 and 13). Change 3 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-22 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (12) Install gasket (19) and access cover (18) with two screws (17). NOTE Do steps (13) and (14) until 12 screws are installed. (13) (14) (15) (16) Soldier A looks in access hole (20) while Soldier B turns pulley nut (22) clockwise. When screw hole is centered, Soldier A tells Soldier B to stop turning pulley nut (22) and Soldier A instaIls remaining 11 converter screws (21). Do not tighten. Tighten 12 screws (21) to 105 to 115 lb-ft (142 to 156 N•m). Apply pipe thread sealing compound to plug (23) and install plug (23). Change 3 7-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenonce Instructions (Cont) 7-4. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (17) Connect hose (24) to elbow (25). (18) Remove chains from transmission (5) and attach to engine lifting eyes (26). (19) Soldier A installs three mounting biscuits (27) between transmission mount (9) and bracket (28) on each side of transmission (5) while Soldier B operates suitable lifting device. 7-24 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-26 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) Position shift cable (40) on transmission oil pan (41). Install shift lever (42) with nut (43). Install clamp (44) with two screws (45) and nuts (46). Install dipstick tube (47) with fitting (48). Tighten fitting to 90 to 100 lb-ft (122 to 136 N•m). Connect plug (49). Connect three hoses (50, 51, and 52). Change 3 7-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Mointenonce Instructions (Cont) 17-4. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). M984E1 has one hose on bracket. (34) Connect bracket (53) with screw (54) and locknut (55). (35) Connect hose (56) to modulator valve (57). (36) Install insulating washer (58), washer (59), wire (60), and lockwasher (61) with nut (62) on transmission temperature sending unit (63). 7-28 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-30 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (47) Deleted. (48) Install fitting (86), preformed packing (86.1), two clamp halves (87), four lockwashers (88), and screws (89). NOTE Trucks with guard, perform step (48.1). Trucks without guard, proceed to step (50). Ensure guard is fully seated under flat washers. (48.1) Install guard (89.1) under two flat washers (89.2) with two lockwashers (89.3) and screws (89.4). (49) Deleted: NOTE DO steps (50) through (59) for M984E1. (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) Connect hose (92) to fitting (93) on heavy-duty winch manifold valve (94). Connect two hoses (95) to fittings (96) on heavy-duty winch manifold valve (94). Connect two hoses (97) to fittings (98) on heavy-duty winch manifold valve (94). Connect hose (99) to fitting (100). Remove valve (101). Connect hose (102) to fitting (103) on heavy-duty winch manifold valve (94). Install valve (101). Change 3 7-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-4. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (57) Connect hose (104) to fitting (105). (58) Connect hose (106) to fitting (107) on pump (108). (59) Connect hose (109) to fitting (110). (60) Install lockwasher (111) on cross brace (112). (61) Install one end of cross brace (112) with two screws (113), lockwashers (114), and nuts (115). (62) Install lockwasher (116) and nut (117). 7-32 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-32.1/(7-32.2 blank) TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-33 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-34 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-35 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions 7-6. Para 7-4 Appendix C Appendix C 7-36 (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (3) Aline and install lifting bracket with two screws (4) and washers (5). (4) Remove two screws (6) from access cover (7). (5) Remove access cover (7) and gasket (8). NOTE Use flywheel lifting bracket to turn flywheel for access to screws inside converter housing. (6) Remove 29 of 30 screws (9) and washers (10). Leave one screw in place behind lifting bracket. (7) Install lifting device to lifting bracket. (8) Raise lifting device until it supports weight of flywheel (3). 7-37 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-6. FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (9) Remove the remaining screw (9) and washer (10) from flywheel (3). CAUTION When flywheel is removed from converter housing, torque converter turbine may come off with flywheel, stay with converter housing, or be in a position to fall. Take care to prevent torque converter turbine from falling and becoming damaged. (10) (11) (12) 7-38 Soldier A removes flywheel (3) with torque converter turbine (11) from converter pump (12) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Soldier A moves flywheel (3) with torque converter turbine (11) to work surface while Soldier B operates lifting device. Soldier B removes lifting device. Remove converter seal ring (13) and turbine shaft seal ring (14). Change 3 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-39 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-40 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-41 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission 7-42 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Apply lubricating oil to outer groove of piston (5). Apply lubricating oil to seal ring (6) and install. Apply lubricating oil to inner hub (7) of piston (5) and to piston seal surface (8) of flywheel (9). Aline six holes (10) with six pins (11). Install piston (5) on hub (3). Make sure piston is firmly seated on pins (11). NOTE Some transmissions will have two keys. (11) Install key (12) in slot (13). Change 3 7-43 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-6. FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (12) Soak lockup clutch plate (14) in lubricating oil for 3 minutes and install. NOTE On transmission prior to Serial No. 83229, the old style flywheel and backplate were used. If either flywheel or backplate are to be replaced, they must be replaced with the new two keyed flywheel and backplate. (13) Aline notch (15) with key (12) and install backplate (16) flat side first in flywheel (9). NOTE Gear on torque converter turbine must be lined up with teeth of lockup clutch plate before installation. (14) 7-44 Install torque converter turbine (17) on flywheel (9). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) e. Installation. (1) Install lifting bracket with two screws (1) and washers (2). (2) Coat turbine shaft seal ring (3) and converter seal ring (4) with lubricating oil. (3) Install turbine shaft seal ring (3) in groove and snap ends together. (4) Install converter seal ring (4) on torque converter pump (5). (5) Coat torque converter thrust pads (6) with lubricating oil. (6) Soldier A alines and installs flywheel (7) so flywheel fits flush against torque converter pump (5) while Soldier B operates lifting device. 7-45 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-6. FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (7) (8) Install one screw (8) and washer (9) through hole (10) in flywheel (7). Tighten screw until snug. Remove lifting device from lifting bracket. NOTE Lifting bracket is used to turn flywheel for access to screw holes inside converter housing. (9) (10) Install 29 screws (8) and washers (9) through holes (10) in flywheel (7). Tighten screws until snug. Tighten 30 screws (8) to 41 to 49 lb-ft (56 to 66 N•m). (11) Remove two screws (1) and washers (2). (12) Remove lifting bracket. (13) Install gasket (11) and access cover (12). (14) Install two screws (13). (15) Tighten two screws (13) to 26 to 32 lb-ft (35 to 43 N•m). f. Follow-on Maintenance. Remove transmission from transmission stand (para 7-5). END OF TASK 7-46 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-7. TORQUE CONVERTER STATOR REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Conditions Condition Description TM or Para Transmission installed Para 7-5 on transmission stand. Flywheel assembly Para 7-6 removed. Special TOOls Stator roller holder J24218-2 Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support NOTE Twist stator counterclockwise and away from torque converter pump when removing stator from shaft. Bearings and springs may fall out when stator is removed. a. Removal. Remove stator (1) from shaft (2). b. Disassembly. (1) Hold rim of stator (1) on work surface. (2) Turning roller race (2) clockwise, slowly remove roller race from stator (1). (3) Remove roller bearing (3) and thrust bearing race (4) from stator (1). NOTE Note orientation of springs prior to removal from stator. (4) Remove 10 rollers (5) and 10 roller springs (6) from stator (1). Change 3 7-47 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-7. TORQUE CONVERTER STATOR REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). C. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean all parts in drycleaning solvent. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (2) (3) (4) Use clean lint free cloth or compressed air to dry parts cleaned with drycleaning solvent. Inspect parts for damage. Replace damaged parts. Coat all parts with lubricating oil. d. Assembly. (1) (2) (3) Position stator (1) on work surface, rear side upward. Install thrust bearing race (2) in stator (1). Install stator roller holder against thrust bearing race (2) so string of stator roller holder hangs out bottom of stator (1). CAUTION Roller springs must be installed as shown in illustration. On later models install the spring with bends against stator thrust washers (Style A). The ends of the spring can be up or down against the roller. Earlier models require the end of the spring to be against the roller with bends toward the freewheel roller race (Style B). (4) 7-48 Install 10 roller springs (3) and rollers (4) in stator cam pockets (5). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) Install roller bearing (6) on roller race (7). (6) Install roller race (7) in stator (1) until roller bearing (6) is near stator roller holder. (7) Remove stator roller holder by pulling on attached string. (8) Push roller race (7) inward while turning roller race clockwise until roller bearing (6) seats. (9) Position stator (1) with roller race (7) up. (10) Turn roller race (7) counterclockwise to lock in place. e. Installation. CAUTION Keep outer face of stator down so bearings and springs will not fall out. (1) Hold stator (1) with thrust pads (2) away from transmission (3). CAUTION Stator must turn freely in clockwise direction and lock up in counterclockwise direction to operate properly and prevent damage to equipment. (2) Install stator (1) on shaft (4). f. Follow-on Maintenance. Install flywheel assembly (para 7-6). END OF TASK 7-49 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-8. TORQUE CONVERTER PUMP REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaniing/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Pat-a 7-7 Torque converter stator removed from torque converter housing. Special Tools Rear bearing installer J24447 Driver handle J24202-4 Supplies Oil. lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W. Wheel vehicle repairer a. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support Removal. (1) Turn transmission so torque converter housing (1) faces up. CAUTION (2) (3) 7-50 Do not scrape the ground sleeve during removal. Remove retaining ring (2) from ground sleeve (3). Remove Spacer (4). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-51 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 7 - 5 2 Change 2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Check that three parts of bearing have same serial number. (2) (3) Install inner race (3) on hub (2). Install pump (4) on hub (2). CAUTION Bearing must be kept clean during installation. Keep bearing wrapped until bearing is installed. Set bearing on clean, lint-free paper and never on dirty surface. (4) (5) (6) Install bearing (5) in inner race (3). Install outer race (6) over bearing (5). Position bearing retainer (7) shoulder side up on hub (2). (7) Install one screw (9) and lockstrip (8) at 12 o’clock position. Do not tighten bolt. Install three more screws (9) and lockstrips (8) at 3, 6, and 9 o’clock positions. Snug screws in sequence (12, 6, 3, and 9 o’clock). (8) (9) CAUTION Failure to tighten screws using sequential tightening procedures may lead to premature bearing failure. (10) (11) (12) e. Tighten screws (9) to 33 to 40 lb-ft (45 to 54 N•m) in sequence (12, 6, 3, and 9 o’clock). Install the remaining eight screws (9) and two lockstrips (8). Tighten screws (9) and lockstrips (8) to 33 to 40 lb-ft (45 to 54 N•m). Bend corners of lockstrips (8) against head of screws (9). Installation. NOTE Keep seal ring sealed in package until ready to use so seal ring does not change shape. (1) Roll seal ring (1) to one-half length and hold for at least 10 seconds. (2) Install seal ring (1) in groove (2). Change 3 7-53 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-8. TORQUE CONVERTER PUMP REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (3) Install pump (3) in torque converter housing (4). (4) Install bearing installer tool around ground sleeve (5) and on bearing (6). (5) Place bearing installer tool handle over bearing installer tool. (6) Drive bearing (6) down until seated. (7) Remove bearing installer tool. 7-54 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (8) Install spacer (7) over ground sleeve (5) on pump (3). (9) Install retaining ring (8) on ground sleeve (5). (10) Coat pump hub (3) and hub area (9) with lubricating oil. f . follow-on Maintenance. Install torque converter stator into torque converter housing (para 7-7). END OF TASK 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) Test Equipment None References None Special Tools Pitot tube guide screws (2) J6889-1 Front support needle bearing installer J24197 Equipment Condition TM or Para Para 7-8 Fabricated Tools Lifting eyes, Item 1, Appendix B Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Condition Description Torque converter pump removed from torque converter housing. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support 7-55 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATlON (CONT). a. Removal. (1) (2) Remove two screws (1) and washers (2) from inside torque converter housing (3). Remove seven screws (4) and lockwashers (5) from inside torque converter housing (3). NOTE Two screws and lockwashers were removed from torque converter housing during installation of holding fixtures. Seven screws and lockwashers remain to hold torque converter housing on transmission housing. (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) 7-56 Remove seven screws (6) and lockwashers (7) holding torque converter housing (3) to transmission housing (8). Install two lifting eyes on torque converter housing (3). Install lifting device to lifting eyes. Soldier A removes torque converter housing (3) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Remove bearing race (9), roller bearing (10), and bearing race (11). Remove pitot collector (12). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION 7-57 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-9. 7-58 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING Parts are under spring tension. Release tension slowly to prevent personal injury. (11) Soldier A removes retaining ring (13) while Soldier B pushes support assembly (14). NOTE Tag and mark all parts. (12) Remove support assembly (14), valve seat (15), converter bypass valve (16) and spring (17). (13) Soldier A removes retaining ring (18) while Soldier B pushes retainer washer (19). NOTE Tag and mark all parts. (14) Remove retainer washer (19), valve stop (20), valve spring (21), and lockup shift valve (22). (15) Soldier A removes retaining ring (23) while Soldier B pushes retainer washer (24). NOTE Tag and mark all parts. (16) Remove retainer washer (24) valve stop (25), main pressure regulator valve spring (26), and main pressure regulator valve (27). (17) Remove 15 screws (28) holding front support assembly (3) to torque converter housing (1). (18) Remove three screws (29). (19) Remove screw (30). 7-59 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATlON (CONT). (20) (21) (22) Soldier A and Soldier B position and hold torque converter housing (1) on rim. Soldier A and Soldier B remove front support assembly (3). Remove gasket (31) from torque converter housing (1). Remove bearing (32) from ground sleeve bore (33). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING (23) c. Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean all metallic parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. If there is damage, replace parts. (2) Converter bypass valve spring, lockup shift valve spring, and main pressure regulator valve spring must be replaced if load-height specifications, listed in Table 7-1, are not met. Table 7-1. Valve Spring Load-Height Specifications 7-60 Spring Length Without Load Length Under Load Load Converter bypass valve 2.65 in. (67.3 mm) 1.62 in. (41.2 mm) 21.1 to 23.3 lb (93.9 to 103.6 N•m) Lockup shift valve 3.22 in. (81.8 mm) 1.8 in. (45.7 mm) 22.10 to 23.50 lb (98.3 to 104.5 N•m) Main regulator valve 3.94 in. (100.1 mm) 2.64 in. (67.1 mm) 82.4 to 86.6 lb (366.5 to 385.2 N•m) Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) d. Assembly. (1) Install bearing (1) in ground sleeve bore (2) using bearing installer. (2) Set torque converter housing (3) on wooden blocks. Install gasket (4) on torque converter housing (3). Aline holes and install front support assembly (5). (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Install three screws (6) across front support assembly (5). Install 15 screws (7) around outer edge of front support assembly (5). Install screw (8). Tighten three screws (6), 15 screws (7), and screw (8) to 36 to 43 lb-ft (49 to 58 N•m). Install main pressure regulator valve (9) small end first. Install main pressure regulator valve spring (10) and valve stop (11). Install retainer washer (12) on main pressure regulator valve spring (10). Soldier A installs retaining ring (13) while Soldier B pushes retainer washer (12). Change 3 7-61 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALlLATlON (CONT). (13) (14) (15) (16) Install lockup shift valve (14) small end first. Install valve spring (15) and valve stop (16). Install retainer washer (17) on valve spring (15). Soldier A installs retaining ring (18) while Soldier pushes retainer washer (17). (17) Install spring (19), converter bypass valve (20) valve seat (21) and support assembly (22). (18) Soldier A installs retaining ring (23) while Soldier pushes against support assembly (22). (19) Install bearing (24) in driven gear (25). (20) Install driven gear (25) on shaft (26). (21) Install drive gear (27) in oil pump (28). 7-62 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (22) Install backplate (29). (23) Install screw (30). Tighten screw to 9 to 11 lb-ft (12 to 15 N•m). (24) (25) (26) Check clearance between backplate (29), drive gear (27), and driven gear (25). Maximum clearance is 0.006 in. (0.15 mm). Turn oil pump (28) over. Apply lubricating oil to rubber lip of oil seal (31) and install oil seal in oil pump (28). Change 3 7-63 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). 7-64 (27) Coat outer seal ring (32) with lubricating oil and install outer seal ring in groove (33) on oil pump (28). (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) Turn torque converter housing (3) on side. Aline screw holes in oil pump (28) with holes in torque converter housing (3). Soldier A installs oil pump (28) while Soldier B holds torque converter housing (3). Soldier A installs six screws (34) through front support (5) while Soldier B holds oil pump (28). Tighten six screws (34) to 26 to 32 lb-ft (35 to 43 N•m). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION 7-65 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-9. 7-66 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (10) Soldier A alines two pitot tube guide screws with two small holes in torque converter housing (11) while Soldier B operates lifting device. CAUTION Take care not to damage pitot tube and collector ring when installing converter housing. (11) (12) Install torque converter housing (11) on transmission housing (12). Remove lifting device and lifting eyes. NOTE Move pitot tube guide screws up and down to check that pitot tube is free. (13) Install seven screws (13) and lockwashers (14). Tighten screws to 67 to 80 lb-ft (90 to 108 N•m). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (14) (15) (16) (17) Apply small amount of silicone adhesive-sealant to two screws (15) and washers (16). Remove one pitot tube guide screw and install screw (15) and washer (16). Remove other pitot tube guide screw and install screw (15) and washer (16). Tighten screws (15) to 30 to 48 lb-in. (266 to 425 N•m). Change 3 7-67 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (cont) 7-9. TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Nine screws and lockwashers are used to install torque converter housing on transmission housing. Two screws and lockwashers must be installed after lifting eyes are removed. (18) Install seven screws (17) and lockwashers (18) to hold torque converter housing (11) to transmission housing (12). Tighten screws to 67 to 80 lb-ft (91 to 108 NSm). f. Follow- on Maintenance. Install torque converter pump in torque converter housing (para 7-8). END OF TASK 7-10. TRANSMISSION HOUSING REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools Manual shaft oil seal installer J26282 Manual shaft oil seal remover J26401 Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, sealing, lubricating, Item 25, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References None 7-68 Change 5 Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Transmission breather removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Neutral safety switch removed. Para 7-16 Rear cover and first clutch assembly removed. Para 7-13 Gear unit and main shaft assembly removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Disassembly. (1) (2) Remove nut (1) from manual shaft (2). Remove selector lever (3) from manual shaft (2). (3) (4) (5) Remove cotter pin (4). Remove locknut (5). Hold detent lever (6) with one hand and remove manual shaft (2) by pulling shaft through oil seal (7). Remove detent lever (6) from transmission housing (8). (6) (7) (8) Remove oil seal (7) using manual shaft oil seal remover. Remove governor pressure tap plug (9). Change 5 7-69 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-10. TRANSMISSION HOUSING REPAIR (CONT). (9) Remove fourth clutch pressure tap plug (10). (10) Remove reverse signal switch plug (11). (11) Remove five studs (12). b. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNlNG Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. ‘lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean transmission housing and all metal parts with dry cleaning solvent. (2) Inspect parts for damage. Replace damaged parts. (3) If signs of damage to transmission housing are noted, replace transmission housing. c. Assembly. (1) Install five studs (1). 7-70 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (2) (3) Install reverse signal switch plug (2). Install fourth clutch pressure tap plug (3). (4) Install governor pressure tap plug (4). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (5) Coat outside of oil seal (5) with sealing and lubricating compound and install oil seal in transmission housing (6) using manual shaft oil seal installer. (6) Position detent lever (7) in transmission housing (6) with selector pin pointing to inside of housing. Install manual shaft (8) by pushing shaft through oil seal (5) in transmission housing (6) and slot in detent lever (7). Install locknut (9) on manual shaft (8). Tighten locknut (9) to 15 to 20 lb-ft (20 to 27 NSm). Install cotter pin (10). (7) (8) (9) (10) Change 5 7-71 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-10. TRANSMISSION HOUSING REPAIR (CONT.). (11) (12) Install selector lever (11) on manual shaft (7). Install nut (12) on manual shaft (7). d. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install gear unit and main shaft assembly (para 7-13). (2) Install rear cover and first clutch assembly (para 7-16). (3) Install transmission breather (TM 9-2320-279-20). (4) Install neutral safety switch (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK Section V. OIL PAN AND INTERNAL FILTER 7-11. OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description LO 9-2320-279-12 Transmission oil drained. Para 7-4 Transmission dipstick tube removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Transmission shift cable removed. Special Tools None Supplies Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 29, Appendix C Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C Special Environmental Conditions None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support 7-72 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) Remove two screws (1), lockwashers (1.1), bracket (2), and two spacers (3). NOTE Support oil pan while removing screws. (2) Remove remaining 21 screws (4) holding oil pan (5) to transmission (6). (3) Remove oil pan (5) from transmission (6). (4) Remove gasket (7) from oil pan (5). Change 2 7-73 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-11. OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (5) Remove plug (8). (6) Remove plug (9). (7) Remove plug (10) and washer (11). b. Installation. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 7-74 Lightly coat threads of plugs (1, 2, and 3) with pipe thread sealing compound. Install plug (1) in oil pan (4). Install plug (2). Install plug (3) and washer (5). Torque plug (3) to 15 to 20 lb-ft (20 to 27 N•m). Apply grease to lip of oil pan (4) and install gasket (6). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (6) (7) Install oil pan (4) on transmission (7) with 21 screws (8). Do not tighten screws. Install two spacers (9), bracket (10), two lockwashers (10.1), and two screws (11) on oil pan (4) Do not tighten screws. NOTE Oil pan has to be drawn evenly to transmission. (8) (9) C. Alternately tighten each screw (8 and 11), 180° apart in a crisscross pattern, to 10 lb-ft (14 N•m). Tighten each screw (8 and 11) again, using same pattern, to 17 to 20 lb-ft (23 to 27 N•m). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) (4) Install transmission dipstick (para 7-4). Install shift cable (TM 9-2320-279-20). Fill transmission with oil (LO 9-2320-279-12). Check for leaks. END OF TASK Change 3 7-75 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-12. INTERNAL FILTER ELEMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Special Tools None Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer TM or Para Para 7-11 Condition Description Oil pan removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support a. Removal. (1) Remove screw (1), washer (2), and filter element (3) from transmission (4). (2) Remove two spacers (5). (3) Remove preformed packing (6) from filter element (3). 7-76 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Installation. (1) Coat preformed packing (6) with lubricating oil and install preformed packing on filter element (3). (2) Install screw (1) with washer (2) through filter element (3) and two spacers (5). (3) Install filter element (3) in transmission (4). (4) Tighten screw (1) to 17 to 20 lb-ft (23 to 27 N•m). C. Follow-on Maintenance. Install oil pan (para 7-11). END OF TASK Section VI. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) Test Equipment None References None Special Tools Sun gear bushing reamer set J28489 Bushing installer J24201 Main shaft lifting bracket J24196 Bushing swaging tool J26997-A Bushing installer J25458-3 Pilot tool J28489 Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, sealing, lubricating, Item 25, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Tag, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Second clutch and Para 7-19 center support housing removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support Change 3 7-77 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). a. Removal. (1) (2) (3) Install lifting bracket to main shaft (1) of gear unit assembly (2) and secure lifting device to bracket. Soldier A removes gear unit assembly (2) from transmission housing (3) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Remove lifting bracket. NOTE Tag retaining ring and backing plate. (4) (5) 7-78 Remove retaining ring (4). Remove 12 second clutch plates (5 and 6) from transmission housing (3). Change 3 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 7-79 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-13. 7-80 Instructions (Cent) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (15) (16) (17) (18) Remove retaining ring (19), internal gear (12), and spur gear shaft (13). Position transmission drum (9) so rear carrier assembly (20) is up. Remove retaining ring (21) and separate rear carrier assembly (20) from transmission drum (9). Remove bearing (22) from rear carrier assembly (20). Check end play between pinion gears (23, 24, and 25) and carriers (1, 5, and 20). End play must be between 0.008 and 0.031 in. (0.203 and 0.787 mm). CAUTION Do not drill into the carrier assemblies. NOTE If end play between piston gears and carriers is other than 0.008 and 0.031 in. (0.203 and 0.787 mm), perform steps (20) through (25). (20) (21) (22) Drill away staked rear ends of front carrier assembly (1) pinion pins (26) using a 15/16 in. (23.8 mm) bit. Drill away staked front ends of center carrier assembly (5) pinion pins (27) using a 15/16 in. (23.8 mm) bit. Drill away staked ends of rear carrier assembly (20) pinion pins (28) using a 1-3/16 in. (30.2 mm) bit. Change 3 7-81 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Front, center, and rear carrier assemblies are disassembled the same way. Disassembly of center carrier is shown. (23) (24) (25) C. Position center carrier assembly (5) with drilled ends of pinion pins (27) upward in press. Press pinion pins (27) from center carrier assembly (5). Remove pinions (24), roller bearings (29), steel thrust washers (30), and bronze thrust washers (31) from center carrier assembly (5). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open tire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent. NOTE All planetary gears in a carrier assembly are replaced as a set. (2) (3) Inspect parts for damage. Replace damaged parts. Measure thickness of thrust washers. Thickness must be no less than 0.091 in. (2.31 mm) NOTE Bearing surface measurement will be used in paragraph 7-16 to find output shaft bushing clearance. (4) Measure and note diameter of bearing surface (1) of main shaft (2). (5) Measure diameter of front carrier bearing surface (3). (6) Measure inside diameter of bushing (4). (7) If bushing (4) to front carrier bearing surface (3) clearance is greater than 0.0072 in. (0.15 mm), replace bushing. (8) Measure diameter of bearing surfaces (2 and 5) on main shaft. 19) Measure inside diameter of bushings (6 and 7) in sun gear shaft (8). (10) If clearance between bushings (6 and 7) and bearing surfaces (2 and 5) is more than 0.0064 in. (0.16 mm), remove bushings. 7-82 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) d. Assembly. NOTE Front, center, and rear carrier assemblies are assembled the same way. Assembly of center carrier is shown. (1) Lubricate roller bearings (1), bronze thrust washers (2), and steel thrust washers (3) with lubricating oil. NOTE Front and rear carrier assemblies are positioned in press for assembly with rear end up and center assembly is positioned with front end up. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Position center carrier assembly (4) in press with front end up. Position roller bearings (1) in pinion (5). Position steel thrust washer (3) at each end of pinion (5). Position bronze thrust washer (2) on each steel thrust washer (3). Position pinion (5) in center carrier assembly (4). Using press, install pinion pin (6) in carrier until both ends of pinion pin are equal. Remove center carrier assembly (4) from press. NOTE Pinion must rotate freely and have 0.008 in. (0.203 mm) minimum end play after staking the pins. (9) Stake both ends of pinion pins (6) in four places. Change 3 7-83 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. NOTE Teflon impregnated bushings are fully interchangeable and replace previous bushings. Teflon impregnated bushings are identified by a grey color on the inside diameter. Previous bushings were bronze in color. (10) Apply lubricating sealing compound to bushings (7 and 8). CAUTION When installing Teflon impregnated bushings, use care not to damage coating on inside diameter. (11) Position bushing (7) at bore of small end of sun gear shaft (9). Aline bushing so interlock split is more than 45 degrees from swaging hole in sun gear shaft. NOTE When installing Teflon impregnated bushings, do step (11.1) and continue with step (12). (11.1) Using bushing installer tool (J25458-3), press in bushing (7) until flush with sun gear shaft (9). (12) Using end of bushing installer tool (J24201), marked 0.360, press in bushing (7) to 0.360 in. (9.14 mm) below end surface into small outside diameter of shaft (9). (13) Position bushing (8) at bore of large end of sun gear shaft (9). Aline bushing so interlock split is more than 45 degrees from swaging hole in sun gear shaft. NOTE When installing Teflon impregnated bushings, do step (13.1) and continue with step (13.2). (13.1) Using bushing installer tool (J25458-3), press in bushing (8) until flush with sun gear shaft (9). (13.2) Using end of bushing installer tool (J24201), marked 0.260, press in bushing (8) to 0.260 in. (6.60 mm) below end surface into the large outside diameter end of shaft. 7-84 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION When swaging bushing at small end of sun gear shaft, the collar supplied with swaging tool, must be used or damage to shaft may result. Collar is not required to swage bushing at larger end. (14) Using swaging tool, push both bushings in swaging holes of sun gear shaft assembly (9). NOTE Teflon impregnated bushings do not require machining after installation. Skip steps (15) through (21) for Teflon impregnated bushings. (15) Clamp holding fixture in vise. Set sun gear shaft (9) in holding fixture with small end up. Position sun gear bushing reamer and pilot tool (J28489-1). CAUTION Keep reamer rotating at full drill speed when pulling back through bushing. If reamer is not rotating at full drill speed, bushing could be damaged. (16) Using 1/2-in. (13 mm) electric drill, machine bushing at approximately 75 to 150 rpm while adding oil through either hole on top of pilot tool. (17) Clamp pilot tool in vise. Insert bushing pilot tool in small end of sun gear shaft (9) and hold with locking pin. Position bushing pilot tool in pilot tool, and position reamer and shaft assembly in sun gear shaft. Change 3 7-84.1/(7-84.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (18) Engage shaft of reamer and shaft assembly with pilot tool. CAUTION Keep reamer rotating at full drill speed when pulling back through bushing. If reamer is not rotating at full drill speed, bushing could be damaged. (19) Using 1/2-in. (13 mm) electric drill, machine bushing at approximately 75 to 150 rpm while adding lubricating oil in bore at sides of sun gear shaft (9). Check inner diameter of bushings for runout. Runout (20) must not exceed 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) total indicator reading. Surface finish should be 30-microinch (0.762 micrometer). (21) Thoroughly clean sun gear shaft (9) of chips and debris. (22) Install bearing (10) on rear carrier assembly (11). (23) Position rear carrier assembly (11) on transmission drum (12). (24) Install retaining ring (13). 7-85 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) Install internal gear (14) on spur gear shaft (15). Install retaining ring (16). Install lube orifice plug (17) on large end of main shaft (18). Position main shaft (18) through internal gear (14) and spur gear shaft (15). Install spiral locking ring (19). (29.1) Apply lubrication to race (20), bearing (21), and race (22) prior to installation. (30) Install larger bearing race (20), bearing (21), and smaller bearing race (22) in transmission drum (12). (31) Install main shaft (18) in transmission drum (12). 7-86 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (32) Install thrust washer (23) on base of main shaft (18). (33) install center carrier assembly (4) in transmission drum (12). (34) Install spur gear (24) in transmission drum (12). (35) Install retaining ring (25) in transmission drum (12). (36) Install sun gear shaft (9) on main shaft (18). 7-87 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-13. GEAR UNIT AND MAIN SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). l (36.1) (37) (38) (39) (40) Lubricate thrust washer (26). Install thrust washer (26) on center carrier assembly (4). Install front carrier assembly (27) on center carrier assembly (4). Install thrust washer (28) on front carrier assembly (27). Install driven gear (29) in front carrier assembly (27). e. Installation. NOTE External-tanged clutch plates (2) have two thicknesses. Insure thicker external-tanged clutch plate is next to piston. Thinner external-tanged clutch plates should be installed toward the rear of the transmission housing. (1) (2) 7-88 Install 12 second clutch plates (1 and 2) in transmission housing (3). Install retaining ring (4). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-14. 7-89 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-14. 7-90 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) c. d. Installation. (1) Using oil seal installer, install oil seal (6) with seal lip facing rear cover (5). (2) Install dust shield (4) in rear cover (5), flat side first, so rear edge of shield is flush with surface of rear cover. (3) Install output yoke (3) on output shaft (2). (4) Coat threads of output shaft (2) and retainer nut (1) with lubricating oil. (5) Install retainer nut (1) on output shaft (2). Tighten nut to 600 to 800 lb-ft (813 to 1085 N•m) with lock socket. Follow-on Maintenance. Install propeller shaft (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK Section VII. CLUTCH ASSEMBLIES 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools Clutch spring compressor J24204-3 Collector ring installer and staking set J24200 Forward clutch piston inner seal protector J24216-01 PTO gear removal fixture J26899 Fourth clutch alinement fixture J24221 Forward clutch lifting bracket J33079-1 Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) References None Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Control valve body Para 7-20 removed. Torque converter housing Para 7-9 removed. Special Environmental Conditions None Fabricated Tools Shim stock, Item 2, Appendix B General Safety Instructions None Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 45, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, retaining, Item 24, Appendix C Level of Maintenance General Support Change 3 7-91 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). a. Removal. (1) (2) Install lifting bracket to turbine shaft (1) and secure lifting device to lifting bracket. Soldier A removes forward clutch assembly (2) from transmission housing (6) while Soldier B operates lifting device. (3) Hold turbine shaft (1) and remove forward clutch assembly (2), outer race (3), roller bearing (4), and inner race (5). (4) Place forward clutch assembly (2) in clean area, (5) Remove lifting bracket. b. Disassembly. (1) (2) (3) 7-92 Remove seal rings (1 and 2) from turbine shaft (3). Place collector ring installer on bed of press. Turn forward clutch assembly (4) over and install through collector ring installer and in bed of press. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-93 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. 7-94 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (10) Remove spring retainer (13) from forward clutch piston (15). (11) Remove 20 piston return springs (16) from forward clutch piston (15). NOTE Not all clutch assemblies will have a seal ring. If seal ring is removed, discard and do not replace during installation. (12) (13) (14) (15) Remove Remove Remove Remove forward clutch piston (15) from forward clutch assembly (4). inner seal ring (17) and outer seal ring (18) from forward clutch piston (15). seal ring (19) from inner hub in forward clutch assembly (4). forward clutch assembly (4) and collector ring installer from press. 7-95 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). CAUTION Do not damage pitot collector ring during removal. (16) Pry pitot collector ring (20) loose from forward clutch assembly (4). (17) Place PTO gear removal fixture in press. Install forward clutch assembly (4) on PTO gear removal fixture. Install PTO removal tool in forward clutch assembly (4). (18) (19) 7-96 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Find gap in retaining ring (21). Install shim stock between retaining ring (21) and teeth of PTO gear (22). Push retaining ring in forward clutch assembly (4). Put shim stock every 3 in. (76 mm) around forward clutch assembly. (22) Press forward clutch assembly (4) out of PTO gear (22). (23) Remove PTO gear (22), forward clutch assembly (4), PTO gear removal tool, and PTO gear removal fixture from press. c. Cleaning/Inspection. (20) (21) WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. Replace damaged parts. Turbine shaft is pressed in forward clutch housing and should be tight. Replace forward clutch housing if there is any up and down movement. Replace all 20 piston release springs if any three springs do not meet the following load-height requirements: (a) Length without load: 1.25 in. (31.8 mm) (b) Length under load: 0.88 in. (22.4 mm) with load of 17.9 to 18.9 lb (79.6 to 84.1 N). Clean ball pockets (1) with drycleaning solvent if there is leakage at bottom side of housing or if balls do not move freely of their own weight. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (5) (6) Dry pockets with compressed air. Apply lubricating oil around area of ball pockets (1). Change 3 7-97 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). d. Assembly. NOTE Coat all parts with lubricating oil before installation. (1) Place collector ring installer in press. (2) Install forward clutch assembly (1) on collector ring installer. (3) Install retaining ring (2) in groove (3) on outside of forward clutch assembly (1). Wear heat-resistant gloves to prevent burning hands when handling hot PTO gear. (4) Heat PTO gear (4) in oven or oil bath to 350° to 375° F (1770 to 191%). NOTE Install PTO gear with beveled side of inner teeth down. (5) Carefully place PTO gear (4) on forward clutch assembly (1). (6) Install PTO gear removal fixture on forward clutch assembly (1). (7) Press PTO gear (4) on forward clutch assembly (1) until retaining ring (2) expands in groove (5) inside PTO gear. 7-98 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (8) Remove forward clutch assembly (1) and collector ring installer from press. (9) Coat collar of oil collector ring (6) with retaining compound and place on forward clutch assembly (1). (10) Install collector ring installer on oil collector ring (6) and install oil collector ring. (11) Remove collector ring installer. (12) Using staking tool, Soldier A bends edge of oil collector ring (6) in groove in forward clutch assembly (1) while Soldier B supports forward clutch assembly on edge, making sure oil collector ring does not touch work surface. STAKING TOOL (13) Look at bottom of forward clutch piston (7) and note whether forward clutch piston is labeled A, B, or C. 7-99 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (14) (15) Stack 10 clutch plates (8 and 9) on flat surface of press starting with steel plate (8) and alternating with friction plate (9). Place fourth clutch driving hub (10) on clutch plates (8 and 9). NOTE Pressure is applied to clutch pack to steady clutch pack. (16) (17) (18) (19) 7-100 Press evenly on fourth clutch driving hub (10) with 980 to 1020 lb load. Measure distance from base of clutch pack (11) to machined surface (12) of hub (10) to get clutch pack thickness. If forward clutch piston (7) is an A piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.415 to 1.442 in. (35.94 to 36.63 mm). If forward clutch piston is a B piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.388 to 1.414 in. (35.26 to 35.92 mm). If forward clutch piston is a C piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.361 to 1.387 in. (34.57 to 35.23 mm). Replace clutch plates (8 and 9) as needed to ensure proper clutch pack thickness. Remove clutch pack (11) and fourth clutch driving hub (10) from press. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) CAUTION 7-101 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-15. 7-102 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Install bearing race with cupped side down. (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) Lubricate and install thrust bearing race (19) on small hub of forward clutch assembly (1). Lubricate and install thrust bearing (20) on thrust bearing race (19). Coat bearing race (21) with lubricating oil and install. Install forward clutch drive hub (22) on forward clutch assembly (1). Soak five friction plates (9) in clean lubricating oil for 2 minutes. Install 10 clutch plates (8 and 9), starting with external-tanged steel plate and alternating with internally tanged friction plate. Change 3 7-103 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-15. FORWARD CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATlON (CONT). (36) Install fourth clutch driving hub (10) on forward clutch assembly (1). (37) Install large inner retaining ring (23) on fourth clutch driving hub (10). (38) Lubricate and install two seal rings (24) on turbine shaft (13). e. Installation. WARNING Be sure forward clutch hub and fourth clutch driving hub are installed in the forward clutch assembly. If these two hubs are installed into the fourth clutch housing, the transmission will operate in reverse when the driver selects any forward range. (1) 7-104 Install outer race (1), roller bearing (2), and inner race (3) on fourth clutch assembly (4) in transmission housing (5). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (1.1) Install lifting bracket on turbine shaft (7). (2) Install fourth clutch alinement fixture on fourth clutch assembly (4). WARNING Compressed air can cause injury. Compressed air in shop will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (3) (4) (5) (6) f. Apply air pressure to port (6) to lock up fourth clutch plates. Soldier A holds air pressure in fourth clutch assembly (4) while Soldier B removes fourth clutch alinement fixture. Soldier A continues to apply air pressure in fourth clutch assembly (4) while Soldier B lifts and installs forward clutch assembly (8) by turbine shaft (7) into transmission housing (5). Soldier A stops applying air pressure when Soldier B says forward clutch assembly (8) is fully seated in transmission housing (5). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) Install torque converter housing (para 7-9). Install control valve body (para 7-20). END OF TASK Change 3 7-105 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-16. REAR COVER AND FIRST CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) Test Equipment None Reference None Special Tools Clutch spring compressor J24204 Output shaft bushing installer J24203 Equipment Condition Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, retaining, Item 24, Appendix C Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 29, Appendix C Grease, general purpose, lithium base, Item 36, Appendix C TM or Para Para 7-14 Para 7-23 Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support a. Removal. (1) Position transmission (1) so output shaft (2) is pointing up. (2) Install yoke (3) and nut (4). (3) Remove three screws (5) and lockwashers (6). (4) Remove 21 screws (7) and lockwashers (8). 7-106 Condition Description Output yoke, dust shield, and oil seal removed. Governor removed. TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) (6) (7) Install suiting lifting device to rear cover (9). Soldier A guides rear cover (9) off and away from transmission (1) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Soldier B removes lifting device. Remove gasket (10) from transmission (1). NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. Discard all paper friction plates. They are replaced by graphite friction plates. (8) (9) b. Remove two steel plates (11), one friction plate (12), and rear planetary ring gear (13) from transmission housing (1). Remove five friction plates (12) and five steel plates (11) from transmission housing (1). Disassembly. (1) Set rear cover (1) on wooden blocks. (2) Remove nut (2), yoke (3), and output shaft bearing retaining ring (4). (3) Remove plug (5), plug (6), plug (7), and bushing (8) from rear cover (1). Change 3 7-107 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-16. (4) (5) Position rear cover (1) on side. Use wooden block for support. Remove output shaft (7) from rear cover (1). (6) Press output shaft (7) from bearing (8), spacer (9), and speedometer drive gear (10). (7) Screw long screw (11) into small orifice plug (12). Pry up on screw to remove plug. Remove bushing (13) from output shaft (7). (8) 7-108 REAR COVER AND FIRST CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION. (CONT). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (9) (10) (11) (12) Position rear cover (1) flange side up. Install clutch spring compressor inside rear cover (1). Compress clutch spring compressor and remove large external retaining ring (14). Remove clutch spring compressor. (13) Remove piston spring retainer (15) from first clutch piston (16). (14) Remove 30 piston release springs (17) from first clutch piston (16). (15) Remove first clutch piston (16) from rear cover (1). (16) Remove dowel pins (18 and 19) from rear cover (1). 7-109 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-16. REAR COVER AND FIRST CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). (17) Remove inner seal ring (20) and outer seal ring (21) from first clutch piston (16). (18) (19) Position rear cover (1) flange side down. Use wooden blocks for support. Remove governor support pin (22) from rear cover (1). C. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) 7-110 Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. Replace damaged parts. Inspect and replace piston release springs if any five springs do not meet the following load-height requirements: (a) Length without load must be at least: 1.31 in. (33.3 mm). (b) Length under load must be at least: 0.90 in. (22.9 mm) with load of 26.05 to 27.85 lb (115.9 to 123.9 N). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (3) (4) (5) Measure inside diameter of bushing (1). Check clearance between diameter of main shaft bearing surface, measured in paragraph 7-13, and bushing diameter measured in step (3). Clearance must not be greater than 0.004 in. (0.10 mm). Inspect ends and outside diameter of the governor support pin (2) for wear. If worn, replace pin. d. Assembly. NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. When servicing clutch assembly, replace all paper friction plates with graphite friction plates. Paper friction plates and graphite friction plates cannot be intermixed within the same clutch assembly. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-24P for identification of parts. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Stack 13 clutch plates (1 and 2) on flat surface of press, starting with steel plate (1) and alternating with friction plate (2). Place first clutch piston (3) on top of clutch plates (1 and 2). Press evenly on first clutch piston (3) with 980 to 1020 lb load (4359 to 4536.9 N). Measure distance from base of clutch pack (4) to thrust pad (5). Clutch pack thickness must be 2.521 to 2.553 in. (64.03 to 64.55 mm). Replace clutch plates (1 and 2) as needed to ensure proper clutch pack thickness. Measure thickness of one tang (6) on each of seven steel plates (1). (a) If steel plate measures 0.116 to 0.123 in. (2.95 to 3.12 mm), steel plate is thick. (b) If steel plate measures 0.099 to 0.106 in. (2.51 to 2.70 mm), steel plate is thin. Repeat steps (1) to (5) to recheck clutch pack thickness. Remove first clutch piston (3) and clutch pack (4) from press. Change 3 7-111 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-16. REAR COVER AND FIRST CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). CAUTION Accuracy of location and alinement with the governor bore is critical when installing pin. (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) 7-112 Install governor support pin (7) in rear cover (8) to a depth of 5.886 to 5.896 in. (149.50 to 149.76 mm). Coat inner seal ring (9) and outer seal ring (10) with lubricating oil. Install inner seal ring (9) and outer seal ring (10) on first clutch piston (3) with lips facing down. Install first clutch piston (3) in rear cover (8). Install two dowel pins (11 and 12) and set pins height to 0.36 to 0.40 in. (9.14 to 10.16 mm) above the face of the cover. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (14) (15) (16) (17) Install 30 piston release springs (13) in first clutch piston (3). Install piston spring retainer (14) on piston release springs (13). Using clutch spring compressor, push down on piston spring retainer (14) and piston release springs (13) until retaining ring groove in rear cover (8) is cleared. Install retaining ring (15). Remove clutch spring compressor. NOTE The orifice plug must clear the chamfer at the front of the plug bore in the output shaft. (18) Install small orifice plug (16) in output shaft (17). NOTE Bushing must be 0.145 to 0.165 in. (3.68 to 4.19 mm) from front end of output shaft. (19) (20) (21) (22) Coat output shaft bushing (18) with retaining compound. Install output shaft bushing (18) in output shaft (17) using output shaft bushing installer. Install speedometer drive gear (19), spacer (20), and bearing (21) on output shaft (17). Install output shaft (17) in rear cover (8). Change 3 7-113 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance instructions (Cont) 7-16. REAR COVER AND FIRST CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). (23) Install retaining ring (22), yoke (23), and nut (24). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (24) (25) (26) e. Lightly coat threads of plug (25) and plug (25.1) with pipe thread sealing compound and install in rear cover (8). Install bushing (25.2) and plug (26) in rear cover (8). Torque plug (25), plug (25.11, and plug (26) to 4 to 5 lb-ft (5 to 7 N•m). Installation. (1) Soak six friction plates (1) in clean lubricating oil for at least 2 minutes. NOTE If thick steel clutch plates are included in clutch plate stack, install thick steel clutch plates on top of stack for proper pressure distribution. (2) (3) (4) 7-114 Install 10 clutch plates (1 and 2) in transmission housing (3), starting with steel plate (2) and alternating with friction plate (1). Install rear planetary ring gear (4) in transmission housing (3). Install three clutch plates (1 and 2) in transmission housing (3), starting with steel plate (2) and alternating with friction plate (1). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) (6) (7) (8) Lightly coat one side of gasket (5) with grease. Set gasket (5) on transmission (3) with greased side of gasket down. Aline holes in gasket (5) with holes in transmission (3). Install sling lifting device on rear cover (6). NOTE There are two different size dowel pins on screw flange face of rear cover to help aline cover with transmission. (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) f. Soldier A alines screw holes and installs rear cover (6) on transmission (3) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Soldier B removes lifting device. Install 21 screws (7) with lockwashers (8). Install three screws (9) with lockwashers (10). Tighten screws (7 and 9) alternately to 67 to 80 lb-ft (91 to 108 N•m). Remove nut (11) and yoke (12). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install governor (para 7-23). (2) Install output yoke, dust shield, and oil seal (para 7-14). END OF TASK Change 3 7-115 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-17. FOURTH CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Special Tools Clutch spring compressor J24204 Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Grease, general purpose, lithium base, Item 36, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W. Wheel vehicle repairer TM or Para Para 7-15 Condition Description Forward clutch assembly removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None level of Maintenance General Support a. Removed. (1) Remove fourth clutch assembly (1). (2) Remove race (2), bearing (3), and race (4) from center support (5) and fourth clutch assembly (1). (3) Remove two seal rings (6) from center support (5). 7-116 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Disassembly. (1) Position fourth clutch housing (1) with front hub (2) up and remove large retaining ring (3) and backplate (4). (2) Remove five steel plates (5) and five friction plates (6) from fourth clutch housing (1). (3) Install fourth clutch housing (1) in hydraulic press. (4) Compress spring retainer (7) with clutch spring compressor. Remove retaining ring (8). (5) Release pressure from spring retainer (7) and remove clutch spring compressor. (6) Remove fourth clutch housing (1) from press. (7) Remove spring retainer (7) from fourth clutch piston (9). (8) Remove 20 piston release springs (10) from fourth clutch piston (9). 7-117 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-17. FOURTH CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (9) (10) Remove fourth clutch piston (9) from fourth clutch housing (1). Remove outer seal ring (11) from fourth clutch piston (9). NOTE There are two kinds of fourth clutch piston/fourth clutch housing assemblies. Model A has a large seal ring on the piston and a medium seal ring in the housing. Model B has a large seal ring and a small seal ring, both rings located on piston. The Model B housing does not have a seal ring. If a Model A housing must be replaced by a Model B housing, both the piston and seal rings must be replaced. (11) c. Remove inner seal ring (12) from fourth clutch housing (1) or fourth clutch piston (9). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) 7-118 Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. Replace damaged parts. Replace all piston release springs if any three do not meet the following load-height requirements: (a) Length without load: Must be at least 1.25 in. (31.8 mm). (b) Length under load: Must be at least 0.88 in. (22.4 mm) with load of 17.9 to 18.9 lb (79.6 to 84.1 N). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (3) Clean eight ball pockets (1) with dry cleaning solvent. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (4) (5) (6) Dry ball pockets (1) with compressed air. Apply lubricating oil around area of ball pockets (1). Insure steel balls are staked and move freely. Change 3 7-118.1/7-118.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) d. Assembly. NOTE There are two kinds of fourth clutch piston/fourth clutch housing assemblies. Model A has a large seal ring on the piston and a medium seal ring in the housing. Model B has a large seal ring and a small seal ring, both rings located on the piston. The Model B housing does not have a seal ring. If a Model A housing must be replaced by a Model B housing, both the piston and seal rings must be replaced. (1) Check bottom of fourth clutch piston (1) and note whether labeled T, S, or M. (2) Stack 10 clutch plates (2 and 3) on flat surface of press starting with steel plate (2) and alternating with friction plate (3). Place backplate (4) on clutch plates (2 and 3). (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Press evenly on backplate (4) with 980 to 1020 lb load (4359 to 4536.9 N). Measure distance from base of clutch pack (5) to machined surface (6) of backplate (4). This is clutch pack thickness. If fourth clutch piston (1) is a T-piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.361 to 1.387 in. (34.59 to 35.23 mm). If fourth clutch piston is an S-piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.388 to 1.414 in. (35.26 to 35.92 mm). If fourth clutch piston is an M-piston, clutch pack thickness must be 1.415 to 1.441 in. (35.94 to 36.60 mm). If measurement of clutch pack thickness is other than stated above, replace clutch plates (2 and 3) as needed. Remove clutch pack (5) and backplate (4) from press. Change 3 7-119 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-17. FOURTH CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (8) (9) (10) Coat seal ring (7) and outer rim of fourth clutch piston (1) with lubricating oil. Install seal ring (7) on outer rim of fourth clutch piston (1) with seal ring lip (8) facing down. Coat seal ring (9) and hub (10) of fourth clutch housing (11) with lubricating oil. NOTE For Model A, do step (11); for Model B do step (11.1). (11) Install seal ring (9) on hub (10) with seal ring lip (12) pointing down. (11.1) Install seal ring (9) on inner bore of fourth clutch piston (1) with seal ring lip pointing up. (12) Install fourth clutch piston (1) in fourth clutch housing (11). (13) (14) 7-120 Install 20 piston release springs (12) on fourth clutch piston (1). Install piston release spring retainer (13) on piston release springs (12). Change 3 TM Transmission Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) CAUTION 7-121 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-17. 7-18. 7-122 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) Remove retaining ring (1). (2) Remove backplate (2). (3) Remove four friction plates (3) and four steel plates (4). NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. Discard all paper friction plates. They are replaced by graphite friction plates. (4) Remove support housing anchor screw (5) and washer (6). (5) Remove retaining ring (7) holding center support housing (8). NOTE Center support housing is fitted to transmission housing with very little clearance and may bind if transmission housing is cold. Heat transmission housing with heat lamp or warm current of air. If support housing starts upward and then binds, tap center support housing downward and lift again. (6) Lifting straight up, remove center support housing (8) and thrust washer (9) from transmission housing (10). Change 3 7-123 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-18. THIRD CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). b. Disassembly. (1) Remove third clutch piston (1) from center support housing (2). (2) Remove outer seal ring (3) and inner seal ring (4) from third clutch piston (1). (3) Cut and remove four retaining rings (5). (4) Remove clutch ring (6) from third clutch piston (1). (5) Remove 20 springs (7) from third clutch piston (1). 7-124 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (6) (7) (8) c. Measure diameter of main shaft bearing surfaces (8) inside transmission housing (9). Measure inside diameter of bushing (10). If bushing (10) to main shaft bearing surface (8) clearance is greater than 0.009 in. (0.229 mm), remove bushing. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open tire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) Clean all metallic parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. Replace damaged parts. Replace piston release springs if any three of each set of 20 do not meet the following load-height requirements: (a) Length without load must be at least 1.29 in. (32.8 mm). (b) Length under load must be at least 0.82 in. (20.8 mm) with load of 4.3 to 5.7 lb (19.1 to 25.4 N). Measure thrust washer thickness. Thickness must be no less than 0.091 in. (2.31 mm>. d. Assembly. (1) (2) Place center support housing (1) on press, hub side up. Install prebored bushing (2). Make sure oil hole in prebored bushing is alined with oil hole in center support housing (1). Change 3 7-125 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-18. THIRD CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (3) Use swaging tool to swage bushing (2) by staking edges of oilhole (3). (4) Set third clutch piston (4) in front cavity of center support housing (1). (5) Install 20 piston release springs (5) in pockets on third clutch piston (4). (6) Install clutch ring (6) on third clutch piston (4). Clutch ring must be pushed completely down in center support housing while installing retaining rings or clutch clearance will be wrong and transmission will not shift properly. (7) Install four retaining rings (7). Remove third clutch piston (4) from support housing (1). 7-126 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (8) Place backplate (8) on flat surface of press. NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. When servicing clutch assembly, replace all paper friction plates with graphite friction plates. Paper friction plates and graphite friction plates cannot be intermixed within the same clutch assembly. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-24P for identification of parts. (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) Stack eight clutch plates (9 and 10) on backplate (8), starting with friction plate (9) and alternating with steel plate (10). Place third clutch piston (4) on top of clutch plates (9 and 10). Press evenly on third clutch piston (4) with 980 to 1020 lb load (4359 to 4536.9 N). Measure distance from base of clutch pack (11) to thrust pad (12). Clutch pack thickness must be 3.010 to 3.042 in. (76.45 to 77.26 mm). Replace clutch plates (9 and 10) as needed to ensure proper clutch pack thickness. Measure thickness of one tang (13) on each of four steel plates (10). (a) If steel plate measures 0.116 to 0.123 in. (2.95 to 3.12 mm) steel plate is thick. (b) If steel plate measures 0.099 to 0.106 in.(2.51 to 2.69 mm) steel plate is thin. Repeat steps (8) through (13) to recheck clutch pack thickness. Remove clutch pack (11) from press. Apply lubricating oil to inner seal ring (14) and outer seal ring (15). Install inner seal ring (14) and seal ring (15) on third clutch piston (4) with lips facing down. Change 3 7-127 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-18. THIRD CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). e. Installation. (1) Install third clutch piston (1) in center support housing (2). (2) Install thrust washer (3). NOTE Center support housing is fitted to transmission housing with very little clearance and may bind if transmission housing is cold. Heat transmission housing with heat lamp or warm current of air. (3) Lower center support housing (2) in transmission housing (4). Make sure tapped hole (5) in support housing is alined with screw hole (6) in transmission housing. (4) Install support housing anchor screw (7) and washer (8). Tighten support housing anchor screw finger-tight. 7-128 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) Install compressor sleeve on hub of center support housing (2) and place compressor bar across transmission housing (4) with two screws (9). Tighten compressor center screw to 5 lb-ft (6.8 N•m) to compress center support housing (2). P l a c e snapring in retaining ring opening (10). Measure retaining ring opening with each of four colored lugs on gage to determine lug with tightest fit. (a) Blue color coded retaining ring is 0.148 to 0.150 in. (3.76 to 3.81 mm) thick. (b) Yellow color coded retaining ring is 0.152 to 0.154 in. (3.86 to 3.91 mm) thick. (c) White color coded retaining ring is 0.155 to 0.157 in. (3.94 to 3.99 mm) thick. (d) Red color coded retaining ring is 0.158 to 0.160 in. (4.01 to 4.06 mm) thick. Install retaining ring (11) that has same color code as lug of gage. Retaining ring gap must be opposite oil pan side (12) of transmission housing (4). Remove compressor bar and compressor sleeve. Tighten support housing screw (7) to 39 to 46 lb-ft (53 to 62 N•m). Change 3 7-129 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-18. THIRD CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (11) Soak four friction plates (13) in oil for 2 minutes. NOTE Thick steel plates must be installed on bottom of stack. (12) Install steel plate (14) with gap (15) facing as shown. (13) Install seven clutch plates (13 and 14), starting with friction plate (13) and alternating with steel plate (14). (14) Install backplate (16). (15) Install retaining ring (17) with gap opposite oil pan side (12) of transmission housing (4). f . Follow-on Maintenance. Install fourth clutch assembly (para 7-17). END OF TASK 7-19. SECOND CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION. This a. b. c. task covers: Removal Disassembly Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Special Tools None Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 7-130 TM or Para Para 7-18 Condition Description Third clutch and center support housing removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) (2) Remove retaining ring (1). Remove seven steel plates (2) and six friction plates (3) from transmission housing (4). NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. Discard all paper friction plates. They are replaced by graphite friction plates. b. Disassembly. (1) (2) Remove second clutch piston (1) from bottom of center support housing (2). Remove outer seal ring (3) and inner seal ring (4) from second clutch piston (1). Change 3 7-131 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-19. SECOND CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). (3) (4) (5) c. Cut and remove four retaining rings (5). Remove clutch ring (6) from second clutch piston (1). Remove 20 springs (7) from second clutch piston (1). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) Clean all metallic parts with drycleaning solvent and inspect for damage. Replace damaged parts. Replace piston release springs if any three in each set of 20 do not meet the following load-height requirements: (a) Length without load must be at least 1.29 in. (32.8 mm). (b) Length under load must be at least 0.82 in. (20.8 mm) with load of 4.3 to 5.7 lb-ft (19.1 to 25.4N). d. Assembly. (1) Set second clutch piston (1) in rear cavity of center support housing (2). (2) Install 20 piston release springs (3) in second clutch piston (1). (3) Install clutch ring (4) on second clutch piston (1). CAUTION Clutch ring must be pushed completely down in center support housing while installing retaining rings or clutch clearance will be wrong. (4) 7-132 Install four retaining rings (5). Remove second clutch piston (1) from center support housing (2). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Some clutch assemblies contain paper friction plates. When servicing clutch assembly, replace all paper friction plates with graphite friction plates. Paper friction plates and graphite friction plates cannot be intermixed within the same clutch assembly. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-24P for identification of parts. (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) Stack 13 clutch plates (6 and 7) on flat surface of press, starting with steel plate (6) and alternating with friction plate (7). Place second clutch piston (1) on top of clutch plates (6 and 7). Press evenly on second clutch piston (1) with 980 to 1020 lb load (4359 to 4536.9 N). Measure distance from base of clutch pack (8) to top of thrust pad (9). Clutch pack thickness must be 3.136 to 3.168 in. (79.66 to 80.48 mm). Replace clutch plates (6 and 7) as needed to ensure proper clutch pack thickness. Measure thickness of one tang (10) on each of seven steel plates (6). (a) If steel plate measures 0.116 to 0.123 in. (2.95 to 3.12 mm), steel plate is thick. (b) If steel plate measures 0.099 to 0.106 in. (2.51 to 2.69 mm), steel plate is thin. Repeat steps (5) through (9) to recheck clutch pack thickness. Remove clutch pack (8) from press. Apply lubricating oil to inner seal ring (11) and outer seal ring (12) and install inner seal ring and outer seal ring on second clutch piston (1) with lips facing down. Change 3 7-133 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-19. SECOND CLUTCH AND CENTER SUPPORT HOUSING REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (14) Install second clutch piston (1) in bottom of center support housing (2). e. Installation. (1) Soak six friction plates (1) in oil for 2 minutes. NOTE Thick steel plates must be installed on top of stack. (2) install steel plates (2) with gap (3) facing as shown. (3) lnstall 12 clutch plates (1 and 2), starting with friction plate (1) and alternating with steel Plate (2). (4) install retaining ring (4) with gap opposite oil pan side (5) of transmission housing (6). f . Follow-on Maintenance. lnstall third clutch and center support housing (para 7-18). END OF TASK 7-134 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION. 7-135 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance 7-20 7-136 Instructions (Cont) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Record and identify check balls by size and location. (5) Remove check balls (6, 7, 8, 9, and 10). (6) Soldier A removes retaining pin (11) from check valve pin (12) while Soldier B presses down on cup washer (13). (7) Remove cup washer (13), spring (14), lubrication check valve (15) and check valve pin (12) from oil transfer plate (3). WARNING All valves are under spring tension. Release springs slowly to avoid personal injury. CAUTION Do not use magnets to remove valve bodies. Magnetized valve bodies may not work properly. NOTE Tag and mark all parts before removing. Record each notch on adjusting ring that touches retaining pin. (8) Press adjusting ring (16) inward and remove retaining pin (17) from modulator valve body (2). (9) Remove adjusting ring (16), washer (18), spring (19), valve stop (20) and valve (21) from modulator valve body (2). 7-137 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (10) (11) (12) (13) Remove priority valve (22), spring (23), and valve stop (24) from control valve body (5). Remove six screws (25). Remove last two screws (25) evenly while holding down trimmer valve cover (26). Remove trimmer valve cover. Remove plug (27) and governor screen assembly (28) from control valve body (5). (14) Remove two springs (29 and 30), valve stop (31), trimmer plug (32), and third clutch trimmer valve (33) from control valve body (5). (15) Remove two springs (34 and 35), valve stop (36), plug (37), and first clutch trimmer valve (38) from control valve body (5). 7-138 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (16) Remove two springs (39 and 40), valve stop (41), plug (42), and second clutch trimmer valve (43) from control valve body (5). (17) (18) Remove accumulator valve (44), spring (45), and valve stop (46). Remove two springs (47 and 48), valve stop (49), plug (50), and fourth clutch trimmer valve (51) from control valve body (5). Remove retaining pin (52), valve stop (53), spring (54), and two-three relay valve (55) from control valve body (5). (19) Change 3 7-139 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (20) (21) Remove retainer pin (56), spring spacer (57), spring (58), and one-two relay valve (59). Remove retaining pin (60), spring (61 valve stop (62), and accumulator valve (63). NOTE Record each notch on adjusting rings that touch retaining pins. (22) 7-140 Remove retaining pin (64), adjusting ring (65), washer (66), valve stop (67), valve spring (68), and regulator valve (69) from control valve body (5). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (23) Remove retaining pin (70) and selector valve (71). (24) Remove retaining pin (72), adjusting ring (73) valve spring (74) valve stop (75) one-two modulator valve (76), and one-two shift valve (77) from control valve body (5). (25) Remove retaining pin (78) adjusting ring (79), valve spring (80) valve stop (81), two-three modulator valve (82), and two-three shift valve (83) from control valve body (5). 7-141 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (26) Remove retaining pin (84), adjusting ring (85), valve spring (86), valve stop (87), three-four modulator valve (88), and three-four shift valve (89) from control valve body (5). (27) Remove retaining pin (90), valve stop (91), valve spring (92), and three-four relay valve (93) from control valve body (5). 7-142 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (28) c. Remove retaining pin (94), valve stop (95), valve spring (96), and trimmer regulator valve (97) from control valve body (5). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) Clean all metallic parts with drycleaning solvent. Inspect all valves, valve stops, and plugs for damage. Replace damaged parts. Inspect bores and surfaces of control valve body for damage. Replace springs which do not meet load-length specifications listed in Table 7-2. Table 7-2. Spring Load-Length Specifications Spring Lubrication check valve Modulator valve Priority valve Third clutch trimmer valve (primary) Third clutch trimmer valve (secondary) First clutch trimmer valve (secondary) First clutch trimmer valve (primary) Second clutch trimmer valve (secondary) Length Without Load in. (mm) 2.56 (65.0) 1.47 (37.3) 1.17 (29.7) 2.27 (57.7) 1.45 (36.8) 1.69 (42.9) 2.96 (75.2) 1.95 (49.5) Length Under Load in. (mm) 1.97 (50.0) 0.80 (20.3) 0.94 (23.9) 1.94 (49.3) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) Load lb (N) 35.72 to 39.48 (158.9 to 175.6) 11.9 to 13.1 (52.9 to 58.3) 8.15 to 9.25 (36.3 to 41.2) 9.4 to 11.4 (41.8 to 50.7) 20.7 to 25.3 (92.52 to 112.5) 32.6 to 39.8 (145.0 to 177.0) 15.95 to 17.65 (70.9 to 78.5) 29.0 to 35.4 (128.9 to 157.5) Text Reference Callout Step No. No. (14) (7) (9) (19) (10) (23) (14) (29) (14) (30) (15) (34) (15) (35) (16) (40) Change 3 7-143 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). Table 7-2. Spring Load-Length Specifications (Cont) Spring Second clutch trimmer valve (primary) Accumulator valve Fourth clutch trimmer valve (secondary) Fourth clutch trimmer valve (primary) 2-3 Relay valve 1-2 Relay valve Governor accumulator valve Regulator valve 1-2 Shift valve 2-3 Shift valve 3-4 Shift valve 3-4 Relay valve Trimmer regulator valve 7-144 Change 3 Length Without Load in. (mm) 2.56 (65.0) 2.77 (70.4) 1.45 (36.8) 2.27 (57.7) 2.18 (55.4) 1.52 (38.6) 1.84 (46.7) 1.68 (42.7) 2.65 (67.3) 2.51 (63.8) 2.69 (68.3) 2.18 (55.4) 1.33 (33.78) Length Under Load in. (mm) 1.94 (49.3) 1.49 (37.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.94 (49.3) 1.20 (30.5) 1.10 (28.0) (17.8) 1.15 (29.2) 1.15 (29.2) 1.15 (29.2) 1.15 (29.2) 1.20 (30.5) 0.86 (21.84) Load lb (N) 20 to 22 (89.0 to 97.9) 11.6 to 12.8 (51.6 to 56.9) 21.7 to 25.3 (96.6 to 112.6) 9.4 to 11.4 (41.8 to 50.7) 16.2 to 19.8 (72.1 to 88.1) 7.2 to 6.8 (32.0 to 39.1) 9.6 to 10.6 (42.7 to 47.2) 5.14 to 5.36 (22.9 to 23.8) 8.65 to 9.35 (38.5 to 41.6) 10.75 to 11.25 (14.6 to 15.3) 8.9 to 9.6 (12.1 to 13.0) 16.2 to 19.8 (72.1 to 88.1) 2.3 to 2.54 (10.2 to 11.3) Text Reference Step Callout No. No. (16) (39) (17) (45) (18) (48) (18) (47) (19) (58) (20) (54) (21) (61) (22) (68) (24) (74) (25) (80) (26) (86) (27) (92) (28) (96) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) d. Assembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Place control valve body (1) with flat side up. Install one-two relay valve (2), spring (3), and spring spacer (4) in bore of control valve body (1). Press spring spacer (4) and install retaining pin (5) in control valve body (1). Install two-three relay valve (6), spring (7), and valve stop (8) in control valve body (1). Press valve stop (8) and install retainer pin (9) in control valve body (1). NOTE Install four clutch trimmer valves with small end first. (6) (7) Install fourth clutch trimmer valve (10), plug (11), spring (12) spring (13), and valve stop (14). Install second clutch trimmer valve (15), plug (161, spring (17), spring (18), and valve stop (19) in control valve body (1). Change 3 7-145 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (8) Install third clutch trimmer valve (20), plug (21), spring (22), spring (23), and valve stop (24) in control valve body (1). (9) Install first clutch trimmer valve (25), plug (26), secondary spring (27), primary spring (28), and valve stop (29) in control valve body (1). (10) Install valve stop (30), spring (31), and accumulator valve (32) in control valve body (1). 7-146 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Install trimmer valve cover (33) and eight screws (34) while pressing on springs. Tighten screws to 8 to 12 lb-ft (11 to 16 N•m). Install trimmer regulator valve (35), valve spring (36), and valve stop (37) in control valve body (1). Press valve stop (37) and install retaining pin (38) in control valve body (1). Install three-four relay valve (39), valve spring (40), and valve stop (41). Press valve stop (41) and install retaining pin (42) in control valve body (1). Change 3 7-147 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 17-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (16) Install three-four shift valve (43), modulator valve (44), valve spring (45), valve stop (46), and adjusting ring (47). (17) Aline pinhole in valve stop (46) with pinholes in control valve body (1). (18) Press adjusting ring (47) and install retaining pin (48) in control valve body (1). (19) Install two-three shift valve (49), two-three modulator valve (50), valve spring (51), valve stop (52), and adjusting ring (53). (20) Aline pinhole in valve stop (52) with pinholes in control valve body (1). (21) Press adjusting ring (53) and install retaining pin (54) in control valve body (1). 7-148 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (22) Install one-two shift valve (55), one-two modulator valve (56), spring (57), valve stop (58), and adjusting ring (59). (23) Aline pinhole in valve stop (58) with pinholes in control valve body (1). (24) Press adjusting ring (59) and install retaining pin (60) in control valve body (1). (25) Install selector valve (61). (26) Aline pinhole in selector valve (61) with pinhole in control valve body (1). (27) Install retaining pin (62) in control valve body (1). (28) Install regulator valve (63), valve spring (64), valve stop (65), washer (66) and adjusting (29) Aline pinhole in valve stop (65) with pinholes in control valve body (1). (30) Press adjusting ring (67) and install retaining pin (68) in control valve body (1). 7-149 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAlR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (31) Install governor screen assembly (69) and plug (70) in control valve body (1). Tighten plug to 4 to 5 lb-ft (5 to 7 N•m). (32) Install accumulator valve (71), spring (72), and valve stop (73) in control valve body (1). Aline pinhole in valve stop (73) with pinholes in control valve body (1). Press valve stop (73) and install retaining pin (74) in control valve body (1). Install valve stop (75), spring (76), and priority valve (77) in control valve body (1). (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) Install modulator valve (78), valve stop (79), spring (80), washer (81), and adjusting ring (82) in modulator valve body (83). Aline pinhole in valve stop (79) with pinholes in modulator valve body (83). NOTE Ensure adjusting ring (82) is in same position as before removal. (38) 7-150 Press adjusting ring (82) and install retaining pin (84) in modulator valve body (83). Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Install check valve pin (85) through top side of oil transfer plate (89). (39.1) Install lubrication check valve (86), spring (87), and spring cup washer (88) on oil transfer plate (89) bottom side. (40) Soldier A installs retaining pin (90) while Soldier B presses down on spring cup washer (88). (41) Install four 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) check balls (91, 93, 94, and 95) and 0.3125 in. (7.94 mm) check ball (92). (39) (42) Slide separator plate (96) on oil transfer plate (89). (43) Hold separator plate (96) and oil transfer plate (89) together, turn plates over, and place on control valve body (1). Change 3 7-151 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (44) (45) (46) (47) e. Insert six screws (97) through oil transfer plate (89), separator plate (96), and control valve body (1) to aline screw holes. Place modulator valve body (83) on oil transfer plate (89) and install three screws (98). Tighten screws (98) to 8 to 12 lb-ft (11 to 16 NSm). Remove six screws (97). Installation. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. CAUTION Care must be exercised when grinding the locator boss. The transmission must remain clean and free of contamination. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment. NOTE 7-152 · If replacing modulator valve body with the manufacturer logo M I, transmission housings manufactured prior to 1986 may need to be altered. · Identify transmission housing casting date located on the right or left hand side of the transmission housing. · If date in casting indicates casting prior to 1986, go to step (1). · If date in casting indicates casting after 1986, go to step (1.3). · Transmission housing described above are altered by removing material from the locator boss. Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (1) (1.1) (1.2) Locator boss should be measured from the transmission oil track surface to the top of the locator boss prior to grinding. Removing material from the housing locator boss to a dimension of 1.500 inches (38 mm) as measured from the transmission housing oil track face will be sufficient to clear the modulator valve body. Clean all debris from transmission housing oil track with dry cleaning solvent. Change 5 7-152.1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-20. CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (1.3) Install control valve body (1) and transfer plate (2), making sure shift rack pin (3) engages slot on selector valve (4). (2) Install three screws (5). (3) Install seven screws (6). (4) Install two screws (7) and washers (8). (5) Install 15 screws (9) in control valve body (1). (6) Install manual detent lever (10) and screw (11) in control valve body (1). (7) Install oil baffle (12) and two screws (13). (8) Tighten screws (5, 6, 7, 9, 11, and 13) to 8 to 12 lb-ft (11 to 16 NSm). f. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) Install lockup cutoff valve body (para 7-22). Install modulator valve (para 7-21). END OF TASK 7-152.2 Change 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-21. MODULATOR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-10 Shut off engine. Special Tools None Supplies Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer a. b. c. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support Removal. NOTE Tag and mark hose before disconnecting. (1) Disconnect hose (1) from modulator valve (2). (2) Remove screw (3), bracket (41, modulator valve (2), preformed packing (5), and pin (6). Installation. (1) Install pin (6), preformed packing (5), modulator valve (2), bracket (4), and screw (3). (2) Tighten screw (3) to 10 to 13 lb-ft (14 to 18 N•m). (3) Connect hose (1) to modulator valve (2). Follow-on Maintenance. None. END OF TASK Change 3 7-153 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-22. LOCKUP CUTOFF VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Special Tools None TM or Para Para 7-12 Condition Description Internal filter element removed. Supplies Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendx C Cloth, crocus, Item 16, Appendix C Special Environmental Conditions None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer Level of Maintenance General Support General Safety Instructions None a . Removal. Remove eight screws (1) and valve (2) from transmission (3). 7-154 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Disassembly. NOTE When assembled, each valve should be installed in same bore from which valve was removed. Tag and mark all parts. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove retainer pin (1) from valve body (2). valve plug (3) and second and third clutch lockup cutoff valve (4) from bore (5). retainer pin (6) from valve body (2). valve plug (7) and first and second clutch lockup cutoff valve (8) from bore (9). retainer pin (10) from valve body (2). valve plug (11) and third and fourth clutch lockup cutoff valve (12) from bore (13). c. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean valve body and valves with dry cleaning solvent. (2) Inspect valve body and valves for nicks, burrs, and scratches. Remove defects with crocus cloth. If scratches are deep or part is cracked, replace part. d. Assembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) NOTE Each valve should be installed in same bore from which valve was removed. When dry, check that all lockup cutoff valves move freely in their bores. Apply lubricating oil to all parts. Apply lubricating oil to valve body (2). Install valve (12) and valve plug (11) in bore (13). Install retainer pin (10) in valve body (2). Install valve (8) and valve plug (7) in bore (9). Install retainer pin (6) in valve body (2). Install valve (4) and valve plug (3) in bore (5). Install retainer pin (1) in valve body (2). 7-155 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 7-22. LOCKUP CUTOFF VALVE BODY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). e. Installation. Install valve (1) with eight screws (2) in transmission (3). Tighten screws to 8 to 12 lb-ft (11 to 16 N•m). Follow-on Maintenance. Install internal filter element. (para 7-12). f. END OF TASK 7-23. GOVERNOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-20 Batteries disconnected. Special Tools None Supplies None General Safety Instructions None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 7-156 Special Environmental Conditions None Change 3 Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transmission Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) (2) Remove four screws (1), cover (2), and gasket (3) from transmission (4). Turn governor (5) clockwise and remove from transmission (4). b. Installation. (1) Turn governor (5) counterclockwise in port (6) to install. (2) Aline holes in gasket (3) and cover (2) with holes in port (6). (3) Install four screws (1), cover (2), and gasket (3) in transmission (4). Tighten screws to 10 to 13 lb-ft (14 to 18 N•m). c. Follow-on Maintenance. Connect batteries (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK Change 3 7-157/(7-158 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 8 TRANSFER CASE MAINTENANCE Contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case Mounting Brackets Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Seal Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top Input Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CenterShaftRepair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Rear Output Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Front Output Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper Shift Rod Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Shift Rod Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI-LO Range Transfer Case Lock-up Valve Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction Control Valve Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lockout Shift Chamber Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication Pump Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication Pump Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Para 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 Page 8-1 8-2 8-11 8-12 8-28 8-29 8-34 8-36 8-38 8-41 8-42 8-44 8-45 8-47 8-52 8-54 Section I. INTRODUCTION This chapter contains maintenance instructions for removal, installation, and repair of 8-1. GENERAL. the transfer case and components at the direct support and general support maintenance level. Subassemblies and parts which must be removed before the transfer case can be removed are referenced to other paragraphs of this manual or in TM 9-2320-279-20. The HEMTT transfer is supplied as a dressed assembly including output yoke half. All HEMTTS except the M984E1 use the output yoke half supplied with the transfer. When replacing the transfer case on the M984E1 the output yoke on the new dressed transfer will have to be replaced with an M984E1 yoke end. Exchange the yoke end on the old transfer with that on the new, if the old yoke is still serviceable. If the old yoke end is not serviceable a new yoke end will have to be ordered. 8-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Section II. TRANSFER CASE ASSEMBLY Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions 8-2. TRANSFER CASE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 25, Appendix C Ties, cable, plastic, Item 65, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 48, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) References None a. Disassembly. 8-2 Change 3 c. Follow-on Maintenance Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-10 Transmission in neutral. TM 9-2320-279-10 Transfer case in neutral. LO 9-2320-279-12 Transfer case drained. TM 9-2320-279-10 Air system drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Propeller shafts removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Speedometer sending unit removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2.1/(8-2.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2. TRANSFER CASE REMOVAL/lNSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Cut plastic cable ties as needed. (8) Disconnect airhoses (12 and 13). (9) Loosen two nuts (14) and slide shift cable (7) out of shift cable bracket (15). 8-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2. TRANSFER CASE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Push valve will remain with shift cable bracket when bracket is removed. (10) (11) Remove two screws (16), lockwashers (17). and shift cable bracket (15). Remove two screws (18) and retainer washer (19). NOTE Some models of vehicles have a washer under head of screw. (12) (13) 8-4 Remove nut (20), lockwasher (21), screw (22), washer (22.1), if installed, support bracket (23), and hydraulic hoses (24) from right side of transfer case (25). Support transfer case (25) with suitable lifting device. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2. 8-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (6) (7) (8) Install three screws (8) and lockwashers (9) in right front of mounting bracket (3). Install three screws (10) and lockwashers (11) in left front of mounting bracket (2). Lower lifting device and move lifting device aside. NOTE Some models of vehicles have a washer under head of screw. (9) Install hydraulic hoses (12) and support bracket (13) on transfer case (1) with screw (14), washer (14.1), if removed, lockwasher (15), and nut (16). Change 3 8-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2. TRANSFER CASE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (10) Install shift cable bracket (17) with two screws (18) and lockwashers (19). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (11) Apply silicone adhesive-sealant to end and splined surface of output shaft (20). Apply sealing compound to threads of two screws (21). NOTE Retaining screws may be either grade 5 or grade 8. Torque screws accordingly, 8-8 (12) Install retainer washer (22) and two screws (21). Tighten grade 8 screws to 88 lb-ft (119 N•m). Tighten grade 5 screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). (13) Slide shift cable (23) in slot in shift cable bracket (17). Tighten two nuts (24), one on each side of shift cable bracket slot. Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-2. 8-10 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-3. TRANSFER CASE MOUNTING BRACKETS REMOVAL/lNSTALLATlON. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies None Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-20 Fuel tank removed. Para 13-8 Transfer case support assembly removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support a. Removal. NOTE Left and right brackets are removed and installed the same way. Right bracket does not have hose clamp. (1) Remove six screws (1) and washers (2) from transfer case (3) (2) Remove screw (4), nut (5), washer (6) and clamp (7). (3) Remove bracket (8). b. Installation. (1) Install bracket (8) on transfer case (3) with six screws (1) and washers (2). (2) Install clamp (7), screw (4), washer (6), and nut (5). c. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install transfer case support assembly (para 13-8). (2) Install fuel tank (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK 8-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. TRANSFER CASE REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment Dial indicator Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Transfer case mounted in transfer case stand. TM 9-2320-279-20 Breather removed. Oil seals removed. Para 8-5 Lockout shift chamber Para 8-14 removed. Lubrication pump removed. Para 8-15 Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 48, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Adhesive, Item 8, Appendix C Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 28.1, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) a. Disassembly. 8-12 Change 3 Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions 9-2320-279-34-1 (Cont) 8-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. 8-14 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-15 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. 8-16 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (25) Remove three bearing cups (54) from transfer case rear half (25) and two bearing cups from transfer case front half (10). (26) Remove six screws (55), lockwashers (56), and upper end cap (57). b. CIeaning/lnspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Clean all metal parts with dry cleaning solvent. Clean all sealing surfaces. Inspect all machined surfaces for damage. Inspect both case halves for cracks or damage. Inspect all threads for peeled or crossed condition. Replace all oil seals and damaged parts. 8-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. TRANSFER CASE REPAIR (CONT). a. Assembly. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Apply light bead of adhesive to inside flange of end cap (1). Apply sealing compound to threads of six screws (2). Install six screws (2), lockwashers (3), and end cap in transfer case front half (4). (2) Support transfer case front and rear halves (4 and 5), open side up, on clean work surface. NOTE Use hammer and brass drift to seat taper bearing cups against shoulders. (3) (4) Install three bearing cups (6) in transfer case rear half (5) and two bearing cups in transfer case front half (4). Install bearing cup (7) in bearing support (8). 8-18 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. 8-20 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) Check the eight spring disks (15) and spacer (16) are assembled on lower shift rod assembly (17) as shown. Install lower shift rod assembly (17) in front case half (4) with spring disk end down and spacer (16) against front case half. Install spacers (18 and 19) on lower rear output shaft assembly (20). Install lockwasher (21) and locknut (22). Tighten locknut to 180 to 220 lb-ft (244 to 298 N•m). Using hammer and punch, bend up tangs (23) of lockwasher (21). Change 3 8-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. TRANSFER CASE REPAIR (CONT). (16) (17) (18) Coat bearing cone (24) with lubricating oil (Item 48). Using suitable sling and lifting device, install lower rear output shaft assembly (20) in transfer case rear half (5). Install bearing support (8) with softhead hammer to seat on dowels (25). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. Coat threads of six screws (26) with sealing compound and install screws and lockwashers (27). Tighten screws to 40 lb-ft (54 N•m). (20) Turn transfer case rear half (5) over. (21) Remove six screws (28), lockwashers (29), shims (31), and end cap (30). Clean off old sealant. Add any combination of three available (22) shims (31) to equal 0.060 in. (1.5 mm). (22.1) Apply sealing compound between shims (31) and install shims. (19) NOTE After checking end play (steps (23) through (26)), remove screws, lockwashers, and end cap. Apply sealing compound to threads of six screws. Repeat step (23), then go to step (27). (23) Install end cap (30) with six lockwashers (29) and screws (28). Tighten screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). 8-22 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING 8-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. 8-24 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (34.1) Apply pipe thread sealing compound to threads of plug (42). (35) Install outer ball (40), outer spring (41), and plug (42). Remove six screws (43), lockwashers (44), shims (46), and end cap (45). Clean off old sealant. (37) Add any combination of shims (46) to equal 0.060 in. (1.5 mm). (37.1) Apply sealing compound between shims (46) and install shims. (36) NOTE After checking end play (steps (38) through (43)), remove screws, lockwashers, and end cap. Apply sealing compound to threads of six screws. Repeat step (38), then go to step (44). (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) Install end cap (45) with six lockwashers (44) and screws (43). Tighten screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). Remove plug (47) from end cap (45). Clean off old sealant. Thread a 3/8 in. x 4 in. (9.5 mm x 102 mm) long coarse-thread screw (48) through hole in end cap (45). Mount dial indicator on machined surface with indicator shaft resting on screw (48). Pry or lift up on screw (48) to check end play. Add or remove any combination of three available shims (46) as needed to provide 0.003 to 0.006 in. (0.08 to 0.15 mm) end play. Refer to steps (36) through (42) to add or remove shims. Remove screw (48). Apply sealing compound to plug (47) and install. Change 3 8-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-4. TRANSFER CASE REPAIR (CONT). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (45.1) Apply adhesive to mounting surface of cover (49). (46) Install cover (49) with two screws (50) and lockwashers (51). Tighten screws to 14 lb-ft (19 N•m). (47) Coat threads of adapter and strainer (52) with pipe thread sealing compound and install adapter and strainer. (48) Coat threads of elbow (53) with pipe thread sealing compound and install elbow and hose (54). (49) Turn workstand to place transfer case front half (4) up. NOTE Remove oil pump mounting from rear case half for access to shims. (50) To set end play of top front input shaft (13) repeat steps (40) through (43). (51) Install speedometer drive shaft (55), spring (56), thrust washer (57), and thrust bearing (58) in center shaft assembly (10). Apply light bead of adhesive around inside flange of end cap (59) and sealing compound to threads of six screws (60). Install six screws (60), lockwashers (61), and end cap. Apply pipe thread sealing compound to underside of nut on sleeve (62) and install in end cap (59). (52) (53) 8-26 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (54) (55) (56) (57) Turn workstand to place transfer case front half (4) in vertical position. Coat groove in clutch collar (63) with grease. Engage clutch collar (63) with lower shift rod assembly (17) so groove is in same location as noted at removal. Install input shaft yoke spacer (64). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open tire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (58) Coat end of lower front output shaft assembly (65) with grease. Coat inside flange of bearing cap (66) with adhesive and install. (59) Coat threads of six screws (67) with sealing compound and install lockwashers (68) and screws. Tighten screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). (60) Coat thread of elbows (69 and 70) with pipe thread sealing compound and install elbows. (61) Install hose (71). d. Folllow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) (4) lubrication pump (para 8-15). lockout shift chamber (para 8-14). oil seals (para 8-5). breather (TM 9-2320-279-20). Install Install Install Install END OF TASK Change 3 8-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-5. OIL SEAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 25, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References None a. Removal. 8-28 Change 3 Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Shut off engine. LO 9-2320-279-12 Transfer case oil drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Propeller shafts removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (1) (2) (3) b. NOTE All three oil seals are removed and installed the same way. Remove two screws (1) and retaining washer (2). Remove yoke (3) from shaft (4). Remove oil seal (5) from housing (6). Installation. (1) Coat lip of oil seal (5) with grease. (2) Install oil seal (5) in housing (6). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (3) (4) Coat end and splined surface of shaft (4) with silicone adhesive-sealant. Install yoke (3) and set yoke against shaft (4). NOTE Retaining screws may be either grade 5 or grade 8. Torque screws accordingly. (4.1) Apply sealing compound to threads of two screws (1). (5) Install retaining washer (2) and two screws (1). Tighten grade 8 screws to 88 lb-ft (119 N•m). Tighten grade 5 screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). c. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) Install propeller shafts (TM 9-2320-279-20). Fill transfer case with oil (LO 9-2320-279-12). END OF TASK 8-6. TOP INPUT SHAFT REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 47, Appendix C Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C. Compound, seaIing, Item 25, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, wheel vehicle repairer c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance References None Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Top input shaft on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support Change 3 8-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-6. TOP INPUT SHAFT REPAIR (CONT). a. Disassembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) Remove two screws (1) and pump drive plate (2). Remove spacer (3) and piston ring (4). Place top input shaft assembly (5) in suitable press with large gear (6) up. Press top input shaft (5) out of bearing (7), spacer (8), and large gear (6). (5) Remove two needle bearings (9), spacer (10), spacer (11), and shift collar (12). 8-30 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-6. 8-32 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Turn top input shaft (1) over and install shaft collar (8) so larger taper is down. Install gear spacer (9), needle bearing (10), spacer (11), and second needle bearing. Coat two needle bearings (10) with grease. Install large gear (12) over top input shaft (1). Install spacer (13). Press bearing (14) to seat against spacer (13). Install spacer (15) and piston ring (16). Install pump drive plate (17). NOTE Retaining screws may be either grade 5 or grade 8. Torque screws accordingly. (15) Coat threads of two screws (18) with sealing compound and install. Tighten grade 8 screws to 88 lb-ft (119 N•m). Tighten grade 5 screws to 60 lb-ft (81 N•m). d. Follow-on Maintenance. None. END OF TASK Change 3 8-33 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-7. CENTER SHAFT REPAIR This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Center shaft on clean work surface. Special Tools None Supplies Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer a. Disassembly. (1) Remove two screws (1) and retainer washer (2) from end of center shaft (3). (2) Place center shaft assembly in suitable press with large gear (4) up. Press center shaft (3) out of bearing cone (5), spacer (6), and large gear (4). Remove spacer (7) from center shaft (3). (3) (4) 8-34 Change 3 Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-35 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-7. 8-36 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Disassembly. (1) Place lower rear output shaft assembly (1) in press with supports under gear (2). (2) Press lower rear output shaft (1) out of bearing cone (3), spacer (4), and gear (2). (3) Turn lower rear output shaft (1) over and press out of bearing cone (6). b. CIeaning/lnspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) Clean all metal parts in dry cleaning solvent. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Remove all nicks and burrs from machined surfaces. Replace all worn or damaged parts. TA189163 c. Assembly. (1) Place lower rear output shaft (1) on clean work surface and install spacer (2). (2) Press bearing cone (3) on lower rear output shaft (1) and seat against spacer (2). (3) Coat bearing cone (3) with grease. TA189162 8-37 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-8. LOWER REAR OUTPUT SHAFT REPAIR (CONT). (4) (5) (6) Turn lower rear output shaft (1) over and press gear (4) on lower rear output shaft. Press bearing (5) on lower rear output shaft (1) and set on gear (4). Coat bearing (5) with grease. d. Follow-on Maintenance. None END OF TASK 8-9. LOWER FRONT OUTPUT SHAFT REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 28.1, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 8-38 Change 3 c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Lower front output shaft on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-39 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-9. 8-40 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) UPPER SHIFT ROD ASSEMBLY REPAIR. 8-10. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Upper shift rod assembly on clean work surface. Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Lockwire, Item 39, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer a. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support Disassembly. NOTE Spacers are different in length. Mark for proper assembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) Remove two spacers (1 and 2) from shift rod (3). Cut lockwire (4) holding two screws (5). Remove two screws (5) from fork (6). Remove shift rod (3) from fork (6). b. Cleaning/inspection. Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) Clean all metal parts in drycleaning solvent. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace all worn or damaged parts. Change 3 8-41 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8.10. UPPER SHIFT ROD ASSEMBLY REPAIR (CONT). c. Assembly. (1) Slide shift rod (1) in fork (2). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (2) (3) (4) (5) Coat threads of two screws (3) with sealing compound, Install two screws (3). Tighten screws to 40 lb-ft (54 N•m). Secure two screws (3) together with lockwire (4). Install two spacers (5 and 6) on shift rod (1). d. Follow-on Maintenance. None. END OF TASK 8-11. LOWER SHIFT ROD ASSEMBLY REPAIR. ‘This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Upper shift rod assembly on clean work surface, None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Lockwire, Item 39, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Grease, lithium, Item 36, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 8-42 Change 3 Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Disassembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Remove spacer (1) and eight spring disks (2). Cut lockwire (3) holding screw (4). Remove screw (4) from fork (5). Slide shift rod (6) from fork (5). Remove stud (7) from shift rod (6). b. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open tire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) c. Clean all metal parts in drycleaning solvent. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace all worn or damaged parts. Assembly. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Apply lithium grease to threads of stud (7) and install stud in shift rod (6). Tighten stud to 15 lb-ft (20 N•m). Slide shift rod (6) in fork (5). Coat threads of screw (4) with sealing compound. Aline holes (8) and install screw (4). Tighten screw to 40 lb-ft (54 N•m). Secure screw (4) with lockwire (3). Install eight spring disks (2), alternating concaved surfaces, in pairs. Install spacer (1). d. Follow-on Maintenance. None. END OF TASK Change 3 8-43 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) Section III. TRANSFER CASE CONTROLS 8 - 1 2 . HI-LO RANGE TRANSFER CASE LOCK-UP VALVE REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Equipment Condition TM or Para Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Oil, lubricating, Item 48, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer Condition Description HI-LO range transfer case lock-up valve on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support References None a. Disassembly. (1) Remove boot (1) and two nuts (2). (2) Remove adapter (3), plunger (4), valve stem (5), and two preformed packings (6 and 7). (3) Remove capnut (8), spring (9), seat (10), and inlet valve (11) from body (12). 8-44 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-13. Appendix C Appendix C 8-45 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-46 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-14. LOCKOUT SHIFT CHAMBER REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATlON This task covers: d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP Models All Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) Test Equipment None References None Special Tools None Supplies Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 28.1, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Adhesive, Item 8, Appendix C Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-10 Shut off engine. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions Wheels chocked. Level of Maintenance Direct Support a. Removal. NOTE Tag and mark airhoses before disconnecting. (1) (2) Disconnect two airhoses (1 and 2). Remove elbow (3) and connector (4) from chamber body (5). Change 3 8-47 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-14. LOCKOUT SHIFT CHAMBER REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (3) Remove plug (6) and preformed packing (7). (4) Remove locknut (8) and copper washer (9). (5) Remove two screws (10), lockwashers (11), lockout shift chamber (12), and copper washer (13). 8-48 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Disassembly. WARNING Spring inside chamber is under load. Remove ring clamp carefully to avoid personal injury. NOTE A vise may be used to relieve spring pressure when disassembling chamber. (1) (2) (3) Remove two nuts (1) and screws (2). Remove ring clamp (3) and open vise. Remove front cover (4). Remove diaphragm (5) and spring (6). Remove pilot ring (7) and seal (8) from rear of chamber body (9). (6) Deleted. (4) (5) (7) Remove nut (11), guide (12), and diaphragm (13) from air pressure plate (14). Change 3 8-49 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-14. c. LOCKOUT SHIFT CHAMBER REMOVAl/REPAIR/INSTALLATlON (CONT). Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean all metal parts in drycleaning solvent. (2) Inspect all metal parts for damage. (3) Replace damaged parts. d. Assembly. (1) Install diaphragm (1), guide (2), and nut (3) on air pressure plate (4). (2) Install seal (5) and pilot ring (6) in rear of chamber body (7). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (3) Coat rear of chamber body (7) with adhesive. 8-50 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Instructions (Cont) (4) Place ring clamp (9) on rear part of chamber body (7). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (5) Coat threads of two screws (10) with sealing compound and install screws, lockwashers (11), and rear part of chamber body (7). NOTE Check that shifter shaft is completely out. (6) e. Soldier A installs copper washer (12), spring (13), and pushes diaphragm assembly (14) towards chamber body (7) while Soldier B installs copper washer (15) and locknut (16). Installation. (1) (2) Press cover (1) in ring clamp (2) and install two screws (3) and nuts (4). Install preformed packing (5) and plug (6). Change 3 8-51 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-14. LOCKOUT SHIFT CHAMBER REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. Coat threads of elbow (7) and connector (8) with pipe thread sealing compound. (4) Install elbow (7). (5) Install connector (8). Connect two airhoses (9 and 10). (6) (3) f. Follow-on Maintenance. Start engine, build up air pressure, check for leaks (TM 9-2320-279-10). END OF TASK LUBRICATION PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. 8-15. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Compound, sealing, Item 26, Appendix C Compound, sealing, pipe thread, Item 28.1, Appendix C Adhesive, Item 8, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 8-52 Change 3 c. Follow-on Maintenance References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Shut off engine. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Disconnect lubrication hose (1) from fitting (2). Remove four screws (3) and lockwashers (4). Remove lubrication pump (5) from bearing cover (6). Remove fitting (2) from lubrication pump (5). Remove plug (7). b. Installation. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Coat pipe threads of fitting (2) with pipe thread sealing compound and install fitting in lubrication pump (5). (2) Coat pump mounting surface of bearing cover (6) with adhesive. (2.1) Apply sealing compound to threads of four screws (3). (3) Mount lubrication pump (5) on bearing cover (6) with four screws (3) and lockwashers (4). Tighten screws to 15 lb-ft (20 N•m). (4) Connect lubrication hose (1) to fitting (2). (5) Coat threads of plug (7) with pipe thread sealing compound and install plug. c. Follow-on Maintenance. None. END OF TASK Change 3 8-53 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-16. LUBRlCATlON PUMP REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition TM or Para Special Tools None Supplies Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Paper, abrasive, garnet, (emery cloth), Item 51, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer a. Disassembly. (1) Remove two screws (1), head (2) and gasket (3) from casing (4). (2) Remove two needle bearings (5) from head (2). (3) Remove gear (6) and shaft (7). (4) Remove shaft (8) with gear (9). 8-54 Condition Description Lubrication pump on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-55 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Transfer Case Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 8-56 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 CHAPTER 9 AXLES NO. 1 A N D N O . 2 M A I N T E N A N C E Para Contents 9-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Shaft Assembly Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Axle No. l Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Axle No. 2 Removal/Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Axle Housing Cover Assembly, Axle No. 2 Removal/Repair/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Axles No. land No. 2 Yoke and Oil Seal Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Differential Carrier, Axle No. l Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Differential Carrier Cover, Axle No. 2 Removal/Installation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Differential Carrier Cover, Axle No. 2 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Differential Carrier, Axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Differential Carrier, Axle No. l Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Differential Carrier, Axle No. 2 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Ball Socket Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Axles No. land No. 2 Ball, Bushing, and Oil Seal Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Section I. Page 9-1 9-2 9-6 9-10 9-14 9-17 9-19 9-22 9-26 9-35 9-38 9-56 9-82 9-94 INTRODUCTION 9-1. GENERAL. This chapter contains maintenance instructions for removal, installation, and repair of No. 1 and No. 2 axles at the direct support and general support maintenance level. The subassemblies and parts which must be removed before the axles and their components can be removed are referenced to other paragraphs or chapters of this manual or TM 9-2320-279-20. 9-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Section Il. AXLE ASSEMBLIES 9-2. AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION. 9-2 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (2) Matchmark axle skein (2), brake spider (3), and ball socket (4). NOTE . It may be necessary to adjust brake camshaft to remove axle skein, . Pin should not be removed unless necessary (3) Remove axle skein (2), brake spider (3), and pin (4.1) from axle shaft assembly (5). Remove brake spider (3) from axle skein (2). Remove axle shaft assembly (5) from ball socket (4). (4) (5) MATCHMARK b. Dissssembly. CAUTION ONE MATCHMARK Before splitting cage ring, axle shafts and cage ring halves must be marked to insure correct assembly. Cage ring halves sometimes have dowel pins to insure proper assembly, but shafts can be assembled improperly into cage ring itself. Axle shaft yoke trunnion must be replaced into same cage ring holes in order to insure proper operation. TWO MATCHMARKS (1) Matchmark both halves of cage ring (1). Change 3 9-3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-2. AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAlR/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (2) Remove eight screws (2) from cage ring halves (1). (3) Remove cage ring halves (1) from shafts (3 and 4). (4) Assemble cage ring halves (1) with eight screws (2). Tighten screws to 30 lb-ft (41 N•m). (5) Measure inside diameter of cage ring halves (1) and outside diameter of yokes on shafts (3 and 4). If difference is more than 0.200 in. (5.08 mm), replace cage ring halves (1) and shafts (3 and 4). (6) Remove eight screws (2) from cage ring halves (1). c. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can bum easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean parts in dry cleaning solvent. (2) Inspect parts for damage. (3) Replace damaged parts. d. Assembly. (1) Apply light film of grease to four trunnions (1) and two halves of cage ring (2). (2) Aline matchmarks and install two halves of cage ring (2) on two shafts (3 and 4). (3) Install eight screws (5). Do not tighten. (4) Move two shafts (3 and 4) to check for free side-to-side movement inside cage ring (2). (5) Tighten eight screws (5) to 95 lb-ft (129 N•m). 9-4 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) e. Installation. (1) (2) (3) Turn ball socket (1) to straight ahead position. Apply thin coat of oil to polished surfaces of axle shaft assembly (2). Pack cage ring (3) with grease. CAUTION Use care when installing axle shaft. Axle housing oil seal could be damaged. (4) (5) Install axle shaft assembly (2) in ball socket (1) long end first. Fill ball socket (1) and cage ring (3) with 7.5 to 8.5 lbs (3.40 to 3.86 kg) of grease. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open tire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (6) Apply thin coat of silicone adhesive-sealant to both sides of brake spider (4) and axle skein (5). NOTE If pin was removed, perform step (6.1). If pin was not removed, proceed to step (7). (6.1) Install pin (5.1) in ball socket (1). (7) Aline matchmarks on brake spider (4) with marks on axle skein (5). (8) Install brake spider (4) and axle skein (5) over axle shaft assembly (2). (9) Aline matchmarks on brake spider (4) and axle skein (5) with matchmarks on ball socket (1). Change 3 9-5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-2. AXLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL/REPAIR/INSTALLATION (CONT). (10) Apply silicone adhesive-sealant to underside of heads of 10 screws (6). (11) Install 10 screws (6). Tighten screws to 185 to 190 lb-ft (251 to 257 N•m). (12) Apply thin coat of grease to bearing and seal surfaces of axle skein (6). f. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install front brakeshoes (TM 9-2320-279-20). (2) Fill axle (LO 9-2320-279-12). END OF TASK 9-3. AXLE NO. 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation c. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Preventive, rust, Item 53, Appendix C oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) References None Equipment Condition TM or Para TM 9-2320-279-20 Condition Description Propeller shaft removed from No. 1 axle. Ball and bushing removed Para 9-14 from No. 1 axle. TM 9-2320-279-20 Shocks removed from No. 1 axle. Para 14-4 Lateral torque rod removed (front only). Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions Wheels chocked. Level of Maintenance Direct Support 9-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-8 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-4. AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION 9-10 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Tag and mark air lines before disconnecting. (1) (2) (3) (4) Disconnect two air lines (1 and 2) from lockout air chamber (3). Remove three screws (4), washers (5), nuts (6), lockwashers (7), and clamps (8) from three brackets (9). Move two hoses (10 and 11) aside. Remove fitting (12) from lockout air chamber (3). Position suitable lifting device and secure to axle (13). NOTE . Do not disconnect frame end of torque rod. . Some models of vehicles contain washers between torque rod and axle. Perform step (5.1) for these models. Remove two locknuts (14), screws (15), and four washers (16), and disconnect axle end of torque rod (17). (5.1) Remove two locknuts (14), screws (15), four washers (16), two washers (16.1), and disconnect axle end of torque rod (17). (5) NOTE Screw on left side can only be removed with inner beam end adapter. Remove two locknuts (18), four washers (19), two screws (20), and four beam end adapters (21) from two equalizer beams (22). (7) Soldier A and Soldier B remove axle (13). (6) Change 3 9-11 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-4. AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). b. Installation. (1) (2) Secure axle (1) to suitable lifting device. Soldier A and Soldier B install axle (1) and aline holes in two axle beam hanger brackets (2) with holes in two equalizer beams (3). (3) Lubricate threads of two screws (4) with oil and four beam end adapters (5) with rust preventive. NOTE Screw on left side can only be installed with inner beam end adapter. (4) Install two screws (4), four washers (5), four beam end adapters (6) and two nuts (7) loosely. NOTE Some models of vehicles require washers between torque rod and axle. Perform step (5.1) for these models. Lower torque rod (8) onto axle (1). Lubricate two screws (9) with oil and install screws, four washers (10), and two locknuts (11). (5.1) Lower torque rod (8) onto axle (1) with two washers (8.1) positioned between torque rod and axle. Lubricate two screws (9) with oil and install screws, four washers (10), and two locknuts (11). (6) Tighten two locknuts (11) to 95 to 130 lb-ft (129 to 176 N•m). (5) 9-12 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-13 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-5. AXLE HOUSING COVER ASSEMBLY, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Disassembly c. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Grease, automotive and artillery, GAA, Item 34, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, gear, Item 47, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 9-14 Change 7 d. Assembly e. Installation f. Follow-on Maintenance References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description LO 9-2320-279-12 Axle lubrication drained. Para 9-6 Yoke and oil seal removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a. Removal. (1) Remove screw (1) and lockwasher (2). NOTE • Perform step (2) for Non-A2 and A2R1 model vehicles. • Perform step (2.1) for A2 and A2R1 model vehicles. (2) Remove 11 nuts (3), lockwashers (4), and four tapered locks (5). (2.1) (3) Remove 11 screws (3.1), lockwashers (4) and four tapered locks (5). Remove cover (6). Change 7 9-14.1/(9-14.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (4) Remove bearing sleeve (7). b. Disassembly. (1) Remove pipe plug (1) and magnetic plug (2) from cover (3). (2) Remove retaining ring (4). (3) Remove roller bearing (5). c. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) Clean all metal parts with dry cleaning solvent. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (2) Dry metal parts, except bearings, with compressed air. (3) Allow bearings to air dry. (4) Inspect metal parts for breaks, cracks, and sharp edges. (5) Inspect machined parts for nicks and burrs. (6) Inspect bearings for loose rollers and cracked or broken races. (7) Coat bearing with lubricating oil. (8) Inspect dowel pins and mounting studs for cracks, breaks, and damaged threads. (9) Replace all damaged parts. d. Assembly. (1) Pack roller bearing (5) with grease and install in cover (3). (2) Install retaining ring (4). (3) Install magnetic plug (2) and pipe plug (1). 9-15 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-5. AXLE HOUSING COVER ASSEMBLY, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/REPAIR/ INSTALLATION (CONT). e. Installation. (1) Install bearing sleeve (1). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. NOTE (2) (2.1) (3) f. 9-16 • Perform step (2) for Non-A2 and A2R1 model vehicles. • Perform step (2.1) for A2 and A2R1 model vehicles. Apply silicone adhesive-sealant and install cover (2) with four tapered locks (3), 11 lockwashers (4), and nuts (5). Tighten nuts to 55 lb-ft (75 NSm). Apply silicone adhesive-sealant and install cover (2) with four tapered locks (3), 11 lockwashers (4), and screws (5). Tighten screws to 55 lb-ft (75 NSm). Install lockwasher (6) and screw (7). Tighten screw to 40 lb-ft (54 NSm). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install yoke and oil seal (para 9-6). (2) Fill axle (LO 9-2320-279-12). Change 7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-17 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-6. 9-18 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 7 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (3) Lubricate oil seal (7) with oil. Install oil seal on shaft (8). (4) Install yoke (9) with flanged nut (10). Soldier A and Soldier B tighten nut to 840 to 1020 lb-ft (1139 to 1383 N•m). (5) Set TRACTION CONTROL lever to OFF position (TM 9-2320-279-10). d . Follow-on Maintenance. Install propeller shaft (TM 9-2320-279-20). END OF TASK Section III. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIERS 9-7. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Installation d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) TM or Para Para 9-3 Condition Description Axle No. 1 removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support 9-19 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance instructions (Cont) 9-7. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). a. Removal. NOTE (1) (2) (2.1) (2.2) (2.3) . There are two models of axle housings: Model A and Model B. The differential carrier is mounted on Model A housing by studs, lockwashers, and nuts. The differential carrier is mounted on Model B housing by a combination of studs, lockwashers, and nuts, and screws and lockwashers. . Do steps (1), (2), and (3) through (5) for Model A housing. . Do steps (1) and (2.1) through (5) for Model B housing. Mark location of air line brackets (1) on differential carrier (2). Remove 12 nuts (3), lockwashers (4), and three air line brackets (1) from differential carrier (2). Remove four nuts (3) and lockwashers (4) from differential carrier (2). Tag and mark placement of 2 1/4 inch screws and 1 3/4 inch screws during removal. Remove eight screws (4.1), lockwashers (4.2), and three air line brackets (1). WARNING Keep out from under differential carrier. Serious injury may result if differential carrier falls from lifting device. CAUTION Do not strike differential carrier to loosen if stuck. Tap around edge of flange to avoid damage. (3) (4) (5) Attach lifting device to differential carrier (2). Soldier A removes differential carrier (2) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Mount differential carrier (2) on stand. Remove lifting device. 9-20 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Cleaning/Inspection. (1) Scrape dirt and old sealant from mounting surface (1) on axle housing (2). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (2) (3) (4) (5) c. Use drycleaning solvent to clean axle housing (2). Use clean cloth to wipe dry. Inspect mounting studs (3) for cracks, breaks, and damaged threads. Replace if damaged. Inspect axle housing (2) for cracks or damage. Replace if damaged. Installation. WARNING Keep out from under differential carrier. Serious injury may result if differential carrier falls from lifting device. (1) (2) (3) Attach suitable lifting device to differential carrier (1). Soldier A removes differential carrier (1) from stand while Soldier B operates lifting device. Apply silicone adhesive-sealant in pattern illustrated on mounting surface (2) of axle housing (3). Change 3 9-20.1/(9-20.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (4) Install differential carrier (1) on axle housing (3). NOTE . There are two models of axle housings: Model A and Model B. The differential carrier is mounted on housing A by studs, lockwashers, and nuts. The differential carrier is mounted on housing B by a combination of studs, lockwashers, and nuts, and screws and lockwashers. . Do steps (5) and (6) for housing A. . Do steps (5.1), (5.2), and (6) for housing B. (5) Install three air line brackets (4), 12 lockwashers (5), and nuts (6). Tighten nuts to 180 lb-ft (244 N•m). NOTE Ensure 2 1/4 inch and 1 3/4 inch screws are positioned as tagged and marked during removal. (5.1) Install three air line brackets (4), eight lockwashers (5), and screws (6). (5.2) Install four lockwashers (6.1) and nuts (6.2) on differential carrier. Tighten nuts to 180 lb-ft (244 N•m). (6) Remove lifting device from differential carrier (1). d. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) Install No. 1 axle (para 9-3). Fill axle (LO 9-2320-279-12). END OF TASK Change 3 9-21 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenances Instructions (Cont) 9-8. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER COVER, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment Indicator, dial J7872 Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description LO 9-2320-279-12 Axle drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Propeller shafts removed. Special Tools Socket, 2 7/8-in. IM 923 Special Environmental Conditions None Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, Item 46, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Compound, sealing and thread locking, Item 25, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) a. c. Follow-on Maintenance Removal 9-22 Change 3 General Safely Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-23 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-24 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE To tighten yoke nut, use torque multiplier and 250 lb-ft capacity ratchet end torque wrench. (8) Tighten locknut (8) to 840 to 1020 lb-ft (1 139 to 1 383 N•m). (9) Attach dial indicator to yoke (9). (10) Push yoke (9) in, then pry yoke away from bearing cover (10) and read amount of end play on dial indicator. Allowable end play is 0.003 to 0.007-in. (0.08 to 0.18 mm). (11) Remove dial indicator from yoke (9). NOTE • Steps (12) through (18) are performed only if end play adjustment is required. • If measured end play is more than allowable amount, shims must be removed. If measured end play is less than allowable amount, shims must be added. ( 1 2 ) To correct amount of end play, remove locknut (8), washer (11), and yoke (9). (13) Remove five screws (12) and lockwasher (13) from bearing cover (10). (14) Remove bearing cover (10). (15) Add or remove shims (14) as necessary. (16) Install bearing cover (10) over shims (14). (17) Apply thread locking compound to five screws (12) and install lockwashers (13) and screws. Tighten screws to 75 to 86 lb-ft (102 to 115 N•m). (18) Install yoke (9), washer (11), and locknut (8). Using 2 7/8-in. socket, tighten nut to 840 to 1020 lb-ft (1 139 to 1 383 N-m). 9-25 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-8. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER COVER, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/lNSTALLATlON (CONT). (19) (20) c. Install fitting (15) in lockout air chamber (16). Connect two air lines (17 and 18) to lockout air chamber (16). Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) Install propeller shafts (TM 9-2320-279-20). Fill axle (LO 9-2320-279-12). END OF TASK 9-9. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER COVER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP ModeIs All Test Equipment None Special Tools Socket, 2 7/8-in. IM 923 Supplies Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Oil, lubricating, gear, Item 43, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 28, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer 9-26 Change 3 c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description Differential carrier cover on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-27 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-9. 9-28 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-29 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-9. 9-30 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-31 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-32 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-33 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-34 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (28) Tighten locknut (16) to 35 to 45 lb-ft (47 to 61 N•m). (29) install D-washer (46) and thrust washer (47) on input shaft (33). WARNING Wear safety glasses while installing retaining rings to protect eyes from possible injury or blindness. (30) Install helical side gear (35) and retaining ring (48) on input shaft (33). d. Follow-on Maintanance. None. END OF TASK 9-10. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/lNSTALLATlON. This task covers: a. Removal b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Installation d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP Models All Test Equipment None Special Tools None Supplies Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) References None Equipment Condition TM or Para Para 9-4 Para 9-5 Para 9-8 Condition Description Axle No. 2 removed. Axle housing cover assembly, No. 2 removed. Differential carrier cover removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support 9-35 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-10. a. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT.). Removal. NOTE . There are two models of axle housings: Model A and Model B. The differential carrier is mounted on Model A housing by two screws and 10 studs and nuts. The differential carrier is mounted on Model B housing by eight screws and four studs and nuts. . Do steps (1) through (3) and (4) through (6) for Model A housing. Do steps (1) and (3.1) through (6) for Model B housing. Remove two screws (1), lockwashers (2), and bracket (3) from differential carrier (4). (2) Remove 10 nuts (5), lockwashers (6), and two brackets (7). (3) Mark location and remove four tapered dowels (8). (3.1) Remove four nuts (5), lockwashers (6), and tapered dowels (8) from differential carrier. (3.2) Remove six screws (1), lockwashers (2), and two brackets (7). (1) WARNING Keep out from under differential carrier. Serious injury may result if differential carrier falls from lifting device. CAUTION (4) (5) (6) Do not strike differential carrier to loosen. Tap around edge of flange to avoid damage. Attach lifting device to differential carrier (4). Soldier A removes differential carrier (4) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Mount differential carrier (4) on stand and fasten in place. Remove lifting device. 9-36 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) b. Cleaning/Inspection. (1) Scrape dirt and old sealant from mounting surface (1) on axle housing (2). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (2) (3) (4) (5) c. Use drycleaning solvent to clean axle housing (2). Use clean cloth to wipe dry. Inspect mounting studs (3) for cracks, breaks, and damaged threads. Replace if damaged. Inspect axle housing (2) for cracks or damage. Replace if damaged. Installation. WARNING Keep out from under differential carrier. Serious injury may result if differential carrier falls from lifting device. NOTE There are two models of axle housings: Model A and Model B. The differential carrier is mounted on Model A housing by two screws and 10 studs and nuts. The differential carrier is mounted on Model B housing by eight screws and four studs and nuts. Do steps (1) through (7), (8), and (9) for Model A housing. Do steps (1) through (6), (7.1) through (7.4), (8) and (9) for Model B housing. (1) (2) Attach lifting device to differential carrier (1). Soldier A removes differential carrier (1) from stand while Soldier B operates lifting device. Change 3 9-36.1/(9-36.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance instructions (Cont) WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. lb avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (3) Apply silicone adhesive-sealant on inside edge of axle housing (2) mounting surface. (4) Soldier A installs differential carrier (1) in axle (2) while Soldier B operates lifting device. Install bracket (3), two lockwashers (4), and screws (5). Install four tapered dowels (6). Install two brackets (7), 10 lockwashers (8), and nuts (9). Install two brackets (7) and six lockwashers (4) and screws (5). Install four tapered dowels (6), lockwashers (8), and nut (9). Install bracket (3), two lockwashers (4), and screws (5). Tighten all screws to 180 lb-ft (244 N•m). Tighten screws (5) to 210 to 230 lb-ft (285 to 312 N•m). Tighten nuts (9) to 150 to 170 lb-ft (203 to 231 N•m). (5) (6) (7) (7.1) (7.2) (7.3) (7.4) (8) (9) d. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) (2) (3) Install differential carrier cover (para 9-8). Install axle housing cover assembly, No. 2 (para 9-5). Install axle No. 2 (para 9-4). END OF TASK Change 3 9-37 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-11. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER. AXLE NO. 1 REPAIR. This task covers: a. Disassembly b. Cleaning/Inspection c. Assembly d. Follow-on Maintenance INITIAL SETUP ModeIs All Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer (2) Test Equipment Indicator, dial Scale, spring, with attaching soft wire References None Special Tools Socket, 2 1/4-in. lM723 Supplies Oil, lubricating, gear, Item 44, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Dye, prussian blue, Item 32, Appendix C Lockwire, Item 39, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Compound, sealing, and thread locking, Item 25, Appendix C Compound, sealing, Item 28, Appendix C 9-38 Change 3 Equipment Condition Condition Description TM or Para Differential carrier, axle No. 1 on clean work surface. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance General Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. land No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-39 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-40 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-41 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-42 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-43 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-11. 9-44 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No.2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-45 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-46 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-47 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-48 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-49 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-11. 9-50 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-51 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-52 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-53 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-11. 9-54 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-55 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR. 9-56 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-57 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-58 T M 9 - 2 3 2 0 - 2 7 9 - 3 4 - 1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-59 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2REPAIR (Cont) 9-60 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cent) 9-61 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-62 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-63 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-64 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (48) (49) (50) Remove filler plug (65) from differential carrier (3). Remove two screws (66), lockwashers (67), and cover (66). Remove two expansion plugs (69). b. Cleaning/Inspection. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. NOTE If differential carrier housing must be replaced, the new housing will come as part of a kit. This kit will contain parts not required in this application. Refer to TM 9-2320-279-24P for proper identification of parts. (1) Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent. WARNING Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment, goggles, shield, and gloves. (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Use clean, lint-free cloth or compressed air to dry all metal parts, except bearings. Allow bearings to air dry. Scrape old sealant from carrier. Inspect all metal parts for breaks, cracks, and sharp edges. Inspect machined parts for nicks and burrs. NOTE If support bearing is bad, replace support bearing race (para 9-9). (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) Inspect bearings for loose rollers and cracked or broken races. Coat bearings with lubricating oil. Replace differential and output shaft bushings. If pinion or ring gear is bad, replace both as a matched set. Inspect dowel pins for breaks or cracks. Replace if damaged. Change 3 9-65 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). c. Assembly. (1) Install bearing cone (1) on differential case flanged half (2). (2) Install bearing cone (3) on differential case plain half (4). (3) Install thrust washer (5) and side gear (6) in differential case flanged half (2). (4) Lubricate spider (7) and install four side pinions (8) and thrust washers (9) on spider. 9-66 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-67 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12 9-68 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-69 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-70 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. land No.2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) 9-71 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 9-72 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (50) Install same number and size of shims (32) recorded in disassembly step (42). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (51) Apply sealing compound to flange of bearing cage (23). (52) Install bearing cage (23) on differential carrier (17). (53) Apply thread locking compound to threads of six screws (33) and install screws and six lockwashers (34). Tighten screws to 155 to 175 lb-ft (210 to 237 N·m). (54) Coat outside diameter of bearing cage (23) with sealing compound. (55) Install bearing cup (35) in bearing adjuster (36). 9-73 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). (56) Install two bushings (37) in differential carrier (17). (57) Attach suitable lifting device to assembled ring gear and differential (38). (58) Lubricate bearing cones (1 and 3) with oil and position bearing cup (39) on bearing cone (3). NOTE Ring gear must be tilted to clear casting inside carrier. (59) Soldier A installs assembled ring gear and differential (38) into differential carrier (17) while Soldier B operates lifting device. CAUTION Threads on bearing adjusters can be damaged if bearing adjusters are not installed carefully. (60) Install bearing cap (40) with two screws (41) and washers (42). Tighten screws finger-tight. (61) Install bearing cap (43) with two screws (44) and washers (45). Tighten screws finger-tight. (62) Install bearing adjusters (36 and 46) finger-tight. (63) Remove lifting device. (64) Tighten four screws (41 and 44) to 40 to 50 lb-ft (54 to 68 N·m). 9-74 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) (65) Install pinion gear (31) on pinion (30). NOTE Support bearing and bearing race are provided as a set, Replace support bearing race (para 9-9) whenever support bearing is replaced. (66) Install support bearing (47) and locknut (48). Tighten locknut to 980 lb-ft (1 329 N·m). NOTE Aline notch in bearing adjusters with mark on bearing cap. (67) Tighten bearing adjuster (46) until one thread shows. (68) Tighten bearing adjuster (36) until ring gear (13) cannot be rocked back and forth toward two bearing adjusters and there is no backlash. (69) Rotate ring gear (13) and check for bind. If ring gear binds, loosen bearing adjuster (36) then tighten until ring gear does not bind. (70) Tighten bearing adjuster (46) until it contacts bearing cup or resists turning. (71) Tighten bearing adjuster (46) two or three more notches until ring gear (13) has backlash. TA355977 NOTE If old pinion and ring gear are used, backlash should be the same as recorded in disassembly step (11). If new pinion and ring gear are used, backlash should be 0.008 to 0.018 in. (0.203 to 0.457 mm). (72) Move ring gear (13) back and forth to measure backlash with dial indicator If backlash is correct, go to step (81). If there is too much backlash, go to step (77). If there is not enough backlash, continue with step 3). 9-75 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). (73) To add backlash, loosen bearing adjuster (46) five or six notches. (74) Loosen bearing adjuster (36) one notch. (75) Tighten bearing adjuster (46) until bearing adjuster resists movement, then tighten two or three more notches. (76) Repeat step (72). (77) To remove backlash, loosen bearing adjuster (46) five or six notches. (78) Tighten bearing adjuster (36) one notch. (79) Tighten bearing adjuster (46) until bearing adjuster resists movement, then tighten two or three more notches. (80) Repeat step (72). (81) Paint one-third of teeth on ring gear (13) with prussian blue dye. (82) Roll ring gear (13) one-third turn, then rock ring gear forward and backward to set pattern in .dye. 9-76 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) CORRECT PATTERN (NEW GEARING) NOTE ● A correct gear pattern for a used pinion and ring gear is clear of the toe and centers evenly along the face of gear tooth, but can be any length and shape and is acceptable as long as pattern does not run off gear tooth at any point. ● If gear pattern was correct at disassembly, then gear pattern after assembly should be the same. ● If pattern is not the same, review steps (84) through (87) and adjust backlash as required until pattern that was recorded at disassembly is reached. ● If pattern was incorrect (pattern runs off gear tooth) at disassembly then, after assembly, review steps (84) through (87) and adjust backlash as required until correct gear pattern (pattern does not run off gear teeth) is reached. ● Remember, a correct gear pattern for a used pinion and ring gear does not have to match PATTERN A (correct pattern for new gearing). If new pinion and ring gear are used, tooth pattern should be like correct pattern A above. If tooth pattern does not look like A, check patterns B through E to find one that looks close to ring gear tooth pattern, then do step that follows incorrect pattern. (83) If tooth contact is like pattern A, do not adjust. Go to step (88). 9-77 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 19-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). (84) If tooth contact is like pattern B, add backlash, steps (73) through (76). Repeat steps (81) through (83). (85) If tooth contact pattern is like pattern C, remove backlash, steps (77) through (80). Repeat steps (81) through (83). NOTE To add or remove shims in steps (86) and (87) remove ring gear and differential assembly (steps (15) through (23) in Disassembly) and pinion (steps (39) through (42) in Disassembly). Add or remove shims, then install pinion, ring gear, and differential assembly (steps (51) through (66)). (86) If tooth contact is like pattern D, move pinion closer to ring gear (13) by removing shims. Repeat steps (72) through (83). 9-78 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (87) If tooth contact is like pattern E, move pinion away from ring gear (13) by adding shims. Repeat steps (72) through (83). (88) Tighten four screws (41 and 44) to 370 to 430 lb-ft (502 to 583 ). NOTE Bearing adjuster may be turned slightly to aline adjuster locks. (89) Install adjuster lock (49) and cotter pin (50) on bearing cap (43). (90) Install lockwire on four screws (41 and 44). (91) Install adjuster lock (51) with two screws (52). (92) Install lockwire on two screws (52). 9-79 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 19-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). NOTE To install roll pin do not loosen locknut. Always tighten locknut to aline holes. (93) Install roll pin (53) through locknut (48) and pinion (30). (94) Install bearing cup (54) in differential carrier (17). (95) (96) (97) (98) Install bearing (55) on side gear (56). Install bushing (57) in end of output shaft (58). Apply lubricating oil to two preformed packings (59) and install on output shaft (58). Install side gear (56) and assembled parts on output shaft (58). WARNING Wear safety glasses while installing retaining rings to protect eyes from possible injury or blindness. (99) Install retaining ring (60) on end of output shaft (58). 9-80 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (100) Install output shaft (58) and assembled parts in differential carrier (17). (101) Lubricate spider (61), four bushings (62), and side pinions (63) and install bushings, side pinions, and thrust washers (64) on spider. (102) Aline matchmarks and install inter-axle differential case halves (65 and 66) on spider (61) with assembled parts. (103) Install eight screws (67) and locknuts (68) in two inter-axle differential case halves (65 and 66). Tighten locknuts to 17 to 23 lb-ft (23 to 31 N•m). 9-81 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-12. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, AXLE NO. 2 REPAIR (CONT). CAUTION Inter-axle differential and output shaft are not secured in carrier and can fall out and be damaged if differential carrier is tipped over. (104) Install assembled inter-axle differential (69) on side gear (56) so eight locknuts (68) face outward. d. Follow-on Maintenance. None END OF TASK Section IV. BALL SOCKET 9-13. BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: a. Removal b. Cleaning/Inspection INITIAL SETUP ModeIs All Test Equipment Scale, spring Special Tools None Supplies Grease, automotive and artillery, Item 34, Appendix C Adhesive, Item 2.1, Appendix C Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Tags, identification, Item 60, Appendix C Solvent, drycleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer References None 9-82 Change 3 c. Installation d. Follow-on Maintenance Equipment Condition TM or Para Condition Description TM 9-2320-279-10 Wheel and tire assembly removed. LO 9-2320-279-12 Axle drained. TM 9-2320-279-20 Brake chamber removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Slack adjuster and camshaft removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Steering arm removed. TM 9-2320-279-20 Tie rod removed. Axle shaft assembly Para 9-2 removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) a . Removal. (1) Record number and thickness of shims (1) and remove shims from studs (2) on left-hand ball socket (3). TA191142 NOTE Steps (2) and (3) are for both left and right sides. (2) Remove pipe plug (4). (3) Remove four screws (5), lockwashers (6), bottom cover (7), and shims (8) from ball socket (3). Record number and thickness of shims. TA191143 NOTE Steps (4) through (6) are for right side only. (4) Remove grease fitting (9). (5) Remove four screws (10), lockwashers (11), and top cover (12). (6) Record number and thickness of shims (13) and remove shims. 9-83 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-13. BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Steps (7) through (13) are for both left and right sides. (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Remove grease fitting (14). Remove four screws (15) and lockwashers (16). Remove brake chamber mounting bracket (17). Measure and record length from top of stop bolt (18) to top of nut (19). Remove nut (19) and stop bolt (18) from ball socket (3). Remove six screws (20) and lockwashers (21). NOTE Seal halves are glued together and may be one piece on Model A or two pieces on Model B. (13) Remove seal retainer (22) and seal (23). 9-84 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE Step (14) is for left side only. (14) Remove two screws (24) and end plate (25). NOTE Steps (15) through (21) are for both left and right sides. (15) Remove lower axle ball trunnion (26) by driving lower axle ball trunnion upward into ball and bushing assembly (27). (16) Remove two screws (28) and end plate (29) from upper axle ball trunnion (30). (17) Remove upper axle ball trunnion (30) by driving upper axle ball trunnion downward into ball and bushing assembly (27). 9-85 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-13. BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). CAUTION Use sledge hammer carefully. Hammering too hard can crack ball socket or damage trunnion bearings if they are not seated while hammering. (18) Hammer around top of ball socket (3) until upper and lower bearing cups (31 and 32) are 1/8 in. (3.18 mm) above and below ball socket surface. (19) Tip ball socket (3) out and up from bottom and remove from ball and bushing assembly (27). NOTE Upper and lower bearings and bearing cups are matched sets. Tag and mark bearings and bearing cups. (20) Remove bearings (33 and 34). 9-86 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (21) (22) (23) Remove upper and lower bearing cups (31 and 32) from ball socket (3). Remove four studs (35) from ball socket (3) on left side only. Remove two seals (36) and bushings (37) on right and left side. b. Cleaning/Inspection. Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) c. Clean all metal parts with drycleaning solvent. Inspect ball socket for cracks and breaks. Replace if damaged. Inspect bearing cups for gouges. If gouged, replace bearing cups and bearings. Inspect bearings for loose rollers and cracked or broken races. Replace if damaged. Inspect seals for tears. Replace torn seals. Inspect bushings for gouges and out-of-round condition. If bushing is gouged or more than 0.050 in. (1.270 mm) out-of-round, replace. Inspect axle ball trunnions for breaks or gouges. Replace if damaged. Inspect studs for damaged threads and cracks or breaks. Replace if damaged. Installation . . (1) NOTE Steps (1) through (16) are for both left and right ball sockets. Left ball socket is shown. Top bearing cup has small opening up and bottom bearing cup has small opening down. Install bearing cups (1 and 2) in ball socket (3). Tap bearing cups down until bearing cups are not more than 1/8 in. (3.18 mm) above ball socket. CAUTION Lip of seal (hub side) must face toward bushing to prevent grease from entering brake area. Lip of seal (axle side) must face away from bushing to allow grease to exit socket. (2) (3) Install two bushings (4) and seals (5) in ball socket (3). Install four studs (6) in left ball socket (3). Change 3 9-87 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-13. BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). NOTE Pack bearings with grease. (4) Install lower bearing (7) in bearing cup (2). (5) Install upper bearing (8) in bearing cup (1). TA191158 (6) With brake air chamber mounting surface (9) facing to the rear and mounting holes (10) facing outward, install ball socket (3) over ball and bushing assembly (11). TA191159 (7) Aline ball socket (3) with trunnion holes in ball and bushing assembly (11). Install axle ball trunnions (12 and 13). (8) Drive bearing cups (1 and 2) flush with surface of ball and bushing assembly (11). 9-88 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance lnstructions (Cont) NOTE Steps (9) and (10) are for left side only. (9) Apply light coat of grease to threads of two screws (14). (10) Install end plate (15) and two screws (14) on lower axle ball trunnion (13). Tighten screws to 40 lb-ft (54 N·m). NOTE Install same number and thickness of shims as removed. (11) Install shims (16), bottom cover (17), four lockwashers (18), and screws (19). (12) Tighten screws (19) to 185 lb-ft (251 N·m). (13) Install grease fitting (20) in bottom cover (17). (14) Lubricate lower bearing at grease fitting (20) with grease. (15) Remove grease fitting (20). (16) Install pipe plug (21). (17) Apply grease to ball and bushing assembly (11) at rear of ball socket (3). 9-89 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-13. (18) BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). Install end plate (22) and two screws (23) on upper axle ball trunnion (12). Tighten screws to 40 lb-ft (54 NSm). NOTE • Steps (19) through (25) are for left ball socket only. • Install same number and thickness of shims as removed. (19) Install shims (24) on four studs (6). NOTE Install steering arm with flange side down. (20) (21) Install steering arm (25) on studs (6). Install four dowel pins (26) in studs (6). (22) Secure steering arm (25) with four lockwashers (27) and nuts (28). Tighten nuts (28) to 320 lb-ft (434 NSm). Install grease fitting (29). Lubricate upper bearing at grease fitting (29). (23) (24) (25) 9-90 Change 7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) NOTE . Steps (26) through (28) are for right ball socket only. . Install same number and thickness of shims as removed. (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) Install shims (30), top cover (31), four lockwashers (32), and screws (33). Tighten screws to 185 to 190 lb-ft (251 to 258 N•m). Install grease fitting (34). Apply grease to upper axle ball trunnion through lubrication fitting (34). Hook spring scale on end of ball socket (3). Pull spring scale and check that ball socket (3) will move with pull of 35 to 45 lb (16 to 20 kg). If it does, go to step (33). If less than 35 lb (16 kg) is required, go to step (31). If more than 45 lb (20 kg) is required, go to step (32). Record number and thickness of shims and remove one shim, same thickness, from top and bottom of ball socket. Repeat step (30). Record number and thickness of shims and add one shim, same thickness, to top and bottom of ball socket. Repeat step (30). Change 3 9-91 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-13. BALL SOCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. CAUTION Apply only one drop of adhesive to each seal joint. Excess adhesive can cause seal to become brittle and damaged. NOTE Cut seal ends square before installation. Be certain grooved side of seal faces upward. Seals may be one piece on Model A or two pieces glued together on Model B. Overall length should be approximately 27 in. (686 mm) long. The one piece seal should be used whenever possible. If two pieces must be used, do step (32.1). If a one piece seal is used, go to Step (33). (32.1) Apply one drop of adhesive to each end of one seal half (34.1) and join to second seal half (34.1). (33) Install seal (34.1) so it overlaps joint of seal retainer halves (35). Apply one drop of adhesive to one end of seal. 9-92 Change 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) (34) Open second joint of seal retainer halves (35) and slide seal retainer halves over ball and bushing assembly (11). MODEL A NOTE If assembling Model A retainer, perform step (35). If assembling Model B, perform step (35.1). (35) Install seal retainer halves (35) and other half of seal (34.1) so it overlaps second joint and butts up against other half of seal on both ends. (35.1) Install seal retainer halves (35) and remainder of seal (34.1) so it overlaps second joint and butts up against other half of seal on both ends. *U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFlCE:1999-746-025/80164 Change 3 9-92.1/(9-92.2 blank) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) Apply silicone adhesive-sealant to inner sides of seal retainer halves (35) and six screws (36). Apply silicone adhesive-sealant between seal retainer halves (35). Aline seal retainer halves (35) and install six lockwashers (37) and screws (36). Tighten six screws (36) to 25 lb-ft (34 N·m). Install steering stop bolt (38) and nut (39) to same measurement as recorded during removal. d. Follow-on Maintenance. (1) Install axle shaft assembly (para 9-2). (2) Install slack adjuster and camshaft (TM 9-2320-279-20). (3) Install brake chamber (TM 9-2320-279-20). (4) Install tie rod (TM 9-2320-279-20). (5) Install steering arm (TM 9-2320-279-20). (6) Install wheel and tire assembly (TM 9-2320-279-10). (7) Lubricate axle (LO 9-2320-279-12). END OF TASK 9-93 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-14. AXLES NO. 1 AND NO. 2 BALL, BUSHING, AND OIL SEAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. This task covers: c. Follow-on Maintenance a. Removal b. Installation INITIAL SETUP Models All References None Test Equipment None Equipment Condition TM or Para Para 9-13 Special Tools None Supplies Adhesive-sealant, silicone, Item 6, Appendix C Solvent, dry cleaning, Item 57, Appendix C Personnel Required MOS 63W, Wheel vehicle repairer Condition Description Ball socket removed. Special Environmental Conditions None General Safety Instructions None Level of Maintenance Direct Support a. Removal. NOTE Ball, bushing, and oil seal removal is the same for both sides of axles No. 1 and No. 2. Left side of axle No. 1 is shown. (1) Remove four screws (1) and lockwashers (2) from bottom holes of ball and bushing assembly (3). 9-94 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) WARNING Ball and bushing assembly is heavy. Support ball and bushing assembly to keep it from falling and causing personal injury. (2) Remove six screws (4), lockwashers (5), and airhose mounting bracket (6). (3) Remove ball and bushing assembly (3) from axle housing assembly (7). (4) Remove old sealant from mounting face of axle housing assembly (7) and ball and bushing assembly (3). (5) Pry oil seal (8) from ball and bushing assembly (3). (6) Measure front axle outer diameter and inner diameter of axle ball bushing (9). If difference in measurement is less than 0.008 in. (0.203 mm) or more than 0.020 in. (0.508 mm), remove bushing from axle ball (10). WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (7) Clean axle ball (10) with soft, lint-free cloth and dry cleaning solvent. (8) Inspect axle ball (10) for scratches and grooves. Replace axle ball if damaged. b. Installation. NOTE Installation of ball, bushing, and oil seal is the same for both sides of axles No. 1 and No. 2. (1) Install oil seal (1) in axle ball (2). 9-95 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 Maintenance Instructions (Cont) 9-14. AXLES NO. 1 AND NO. 2 BALL, BUSHING, AND OIL SEAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (CONT). (2) Support axle ball (2) on blocks to protect seal end of assembly. (3) Install axle ball bushing (3) in axle ball (2) so grease slots (4) are alined with trunnion holes (5) and open ends of grease slots face up. WARNING Adhesives, solvents, and sealing compounds can burn easily, can give off harmful vapors, and are harmful to skin and clothing. To avoid injury or death, keep away from open fire and use in well-ventilated area. If adhesive, solvent, or sealing compound gets on skin or clothing, wash immediately with soap and water. (4) Coat mounting face of axle housing assembly (6) with silicone adhesive-sealant. (5) Install ball and bushing assembly (7) and airhose mounting bracket (8) on axle housing assembly (6) with six screws (9), lockwashers (10), four screws (11), and lockwashers (12). c. Follow-on Maintenance. Install ball socket (para 9-13). END OF TASK 9-96 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX Subject Paragraph Figure, Table Number A Adhesive and solvent warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Alarm box, tilt (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Alarm, tilt warning, switch (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Alternator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Army materiel, destruction of, to prevent enemy use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Arctic coolant pump test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-9 Arctic heater fault codes (Model B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-10 Asbestos warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Assembly, axle shaft removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Assembly, axle housing cover, axle No. 2 removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Attaching engine to engine stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Attaching transmission to transmission stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Audible and visual level warning indicators (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Axle housing cover assembly, axle No. 2 removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Axle No. 1 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Axle No. 1, differential carrier Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Axle No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Axle No. 2, axle housing cover assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Axle No. 2, differential carrier Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Axle No. 2, differential carrier cover Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Axle shaft assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Axles No. 1 and No. 2, axle shaft assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 ball, bushing, and oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 ball socket removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Axles No. 1 and No. 2 yoke and oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 B Ball, bushing, and oil seal, axles No. 1 and No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Ball socket removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Batteries, terminals, and cables warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Board, crane control distribution (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Body, control valve removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Body, lockup cutoff valve removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Box, junction and connector (M977, M985) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Box, junction and connector (M984E1) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11.1 Box, tilt alarm (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Brackets, mounting, transfer case removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Bushing, ball, and oil seal, axles No. 1 and No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 C Cab wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Cables, power interconnecting (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Capabilities, features, and characteristics, equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Carbon monoxide (exhaust gas) warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Care, handling, and safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Carrier cover, differential, axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Change 6 Index 1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Subject Carrier, differential, axle No. 1 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carrier, differential, axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Case, transfer, lock-up valve, HI-LO range repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Case, transfer Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Case, transfer, mounting brackets removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center shaft repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center support housing and second clutch removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center support housing and third clutch removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chamber, lockout shift removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Characteristics, capabilities, and features, equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis/Engine wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis wiring harness (M984E1) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning instructions and warnings, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch assembly, first, and rear cover removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch assembly, forward removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch assembly, fourth removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch, second, and center support housing removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch, third, and center support housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common tools and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components, major, location and description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressed air warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector and junction box (M977, M985) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector and junction box (M984E1) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control distribution board, crane (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control valve body removal/repair/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control valve, traction repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converter, torque, housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converter, torque, pump removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converter, torque, stator removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling system maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover assembly, axle No. 2, axle housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover, differential carrier, axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover, rear, and first clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane (M977, M985) troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane (M983) troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane control distribution board (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane, material handling, shutdown system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane operating instruction plate locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane overload sensor switches removal/installation (M977, M985) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crane overload sensor switches, plate, and terminal box (M984E1) removal/installation . . . . Cross-Reference, nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cutoff valve body, lockup removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 2 Paragraph, Figure, Table Number 9-7 9-11 9-10 9-12 8-12 8-2 8-4 8-3 8-7 7-19 7-18 8-14 1-11 6-16 6-15 6-15.1 2-8 7-16 7-15 7-17 7-19 7-18 2-2 1-12 c 6-11 6-11.1 6-8 7-20 8-13 7-9 7-8 7-7 5-1 9-5 9-8 9-9 7-16 2-7 2-7 6-8 1-14 1-14 6-12 6-12.1 1-5 7-22 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX Subject Paragraph Figure, Table Number D Description and data, equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Description and location of major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Differences between models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Differential carrier, axle No. 1 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Differential carrier, axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Differential carrier cover, axle No. 2 Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Distribution board, crane control (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Dust shield, oil seal, and output yoke removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 E Electric motors tester circuit schematic (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-7 Electric motors tester circuit wiring diagram (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-8 Electrical system maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Element, filter, internal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Engine removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Engine arctic heater-troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Engine/Chassis wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Engine, general maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Engine to engine stand removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Engine troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Engine wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Equipment description and data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Equipment improvement recommendations (EIR), reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Equipment improvement report and maintenance digest (EIR MD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Equipment improvement report and maintenance summary (EIR MS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Equipment names and models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Equipment, common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Equipment, purpose of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Equipment, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Extended switch, outrigger (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 F Features, equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Filter element, internal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 First clutch assembly and rear cover removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Flywheel assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Forms, records, and reports, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Forward clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Fourth clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Front output shaft, lower repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Fuel system maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Fuel warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Change 6 Index 3 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Subject G Gear unit and main shaft assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning instructions and warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Governor removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. .................. .................. .................. ................. .................. 7-13 1-1 2-8 1-1 2-8 7-23 H Harness, cab wiring removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness, chassis wiring removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness, chassis wiring (M984E1) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness, chassis/engine wiring removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness, engine wiring removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harness, STE/ICE wiring removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hazards, significant, and safety recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-duty winch (M984) troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High voltage warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI-LO range transfer case lock-up valve repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hot exhaust pipe/muffler warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hot radiator warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing cover assembly, axle, axle No. 2 removal/repair/installation . . . Housing, second clutch and center support removal/repair/installation. Housing, third clutch and center support removal/repair/installation . . Housing, torque converter removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing, transmission repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic system-troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6-15 6-15.1 6-16 6-14 6-17 1-14 2-7 b 8-12 b b 9-5 7-19 7-18 7-9 7-10 vi 2-7 I ICE/STE wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identification, tanker component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrated list of manufactured items, Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illustrations, list of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator, visual and audible level warning (M983) removal/installation Information, warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input shaft, top repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspection, pre-embarkation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructions Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre-embarkation inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preparation for storage or shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interconnecting cables, power (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal filter element removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction, troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 2-8 B-1 iv 6-5 1-8 8-6 2-11 2-9 2-8 2-11 2-10 2-7 6-9 7-12 1-1 2-6 J Jewelry, wearing, warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junction box and connector (M977, M985) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junction box and connector (M984E1) removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a 6-11 6-11.1 L Level warning indicators, visual and audible (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List of illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 4 6-5 iv TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number vi 1-12 8-14 8-12 7-22 8-9 8-8 8-11 2-9 8-15 8-16 Main shaft assembly and gear unit removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine, general instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forms, records, and reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructions, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructions, transmission, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance digest (EIR MD), equipment improvement report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance summary (EIR MS), equipment improvement report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major components, location and description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual How to use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Material handling crane - troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Model numbers and equipment names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Models, difference between . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulator valve removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor, starter, repair and testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting brackets, transfer case removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-2 7-13 6-1 3-2 1-2 4-1 2-8 2-8 1-7 1-7 1-12 vi 1-1 2-7 1-9 1-1 1-13 7-21 6-4 8-3 N Names, equipment, and model numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 axle removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 axle, differential carrier Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 2 axle removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 2 axle, axle housing cover assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 2 axle, differential carrier Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 2 axle, differential carrier cover Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 and No. 2 axles ball, bushing, and oil seal removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 and No. 2 axles, ball socket removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 and No. 2 axle shaft assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No. 1 and No. 2 axles, yoke and oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 9-3 9-7 9-11 9-4 9-5 9-10 9-12 9-8 9-9 9-14 9-13 9-2 9-6 Index 5 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Subject Nomenclature cross-reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nuclear, biological, or chemical exposure warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Numbers, model, and equipment names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 a 1-1 O Oil cooler (see radiator) repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil pan, transmission removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal and yoke, axles No. 1 and No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal, ball, and bushing, axles No. 1 and No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal, output yoke, and dust shield (transmission) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, principles of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output shaft, lower front repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output shaft, lower rear repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output yoke, dust shield, and oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outrigger control valve (M983). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F Outrigger extended switch (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload sensor switch (M977, M985), crane removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overload sensor switches, plate, and terminal box (M984E1), crane removal/installation . . . . 5-2 7-11 8-5 9-6 9-14 7-14 1-15 8-9 8-8 7-14 2-3 6-6 6-12 6-12.1 P 7-11 Pan, oil, transmission removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Parking brake, incorrect use of, warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12.1 Plate and terminal box, overload sensor switches (M984E1), crane removal/installation . . . . . 1-14 Plate locations, crane operating instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power distribution board wiring diagram (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-6 6-9 Power interconnecting cables (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Pre-embarkation inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Preparation for storage or shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure tester setup (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-5 1-3 Prevent enemy use, destruction of army equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump, lubrication, transfer case Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 7-8 Pump, torque converter removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purpose of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 R Radiator repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Range, HI-LO, transfer case lock-up valve repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cover and first clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear output shaft, lower repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recommendations (EIR), reporting equipment improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Records, reports, and forms, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting equipment improvement recommendations (EIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reports, forms, and records, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rod assembly, transfer case, lower shift repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rod assembly, transfer case, upper shift repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 8-12 7-16 8-8 1-6 1-2 2-5 1-6 1-2 8-11 8-10 S Safety, care, and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety recommendations and significant hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seal, oil, transfer case removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seal, oil, and yoke, axles No. 1 and 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 6 1-14 1-14 . 1-1 8-5 9-6 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Subject 9-14 Seal, oil, axles No. 1 and No. 2 ball and bushing removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Seal, oil, transmission output yoke, and dust shield removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Seatbelts use warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Second clutch and center support housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Sensor switch, overload (M977, M985), crane removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12.1 Sensor switches, overload and plate and terminal box (M984E1), crane removal/installation . 7-13 Shaft assembly, main and gear unit removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Shaft assembly, No. 1 and No. 2 axles removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Shaft, center repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Shaft, lower front output repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Shaft, lower rear output repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 Shaft, top input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Shield, dust, oil seal, and output yoke removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Shift chamber, lockout removal/repair/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Shift rod assembly, lower repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Shift rod assembly, upper repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Shift tower, transmission repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Shipment or storage, preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Significant hazards and safety recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Socket, ball removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Solenoid, starter removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Stand, engine to engine removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Starter motor repair and testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Starter solenoid removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Starting fluid warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Stator, torque converter removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Steering system - troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 STE/ICE wiring harness removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Storage or shipment, preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subject index, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-2 7-19 Support housing, center, and second clutch removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Support housing, center, and third clutch removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Switch, outrigger extended (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Switch, tilt warning alarm (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Switch, overload sensor (M977, M985), crane removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12.1 Switches, overload sensor and plate and terminal box (M984E1), crane removal/installation . Symptom index, troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-1 System 5-1 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System back pressure (M983 crane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-4 System symptom index (troubleshooting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-1 T Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i Tables, list of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi 6-12.1 Terminal box and plate, overload sensor switches (M984E1), crane removal/installation . . . 2-4 Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Testing, motor starter repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Third clutch and center support housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Throttle treadle valve repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Tilt alarm box (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Subject Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Tilt warning alarm switch (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tools, common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tools, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top input shaft repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Torque converter Housing removal/repair/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stator removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tower, shift, transmission repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control valve repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer brake warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer case HI-LO range, lock-up valve repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lockout shift chamber removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower front output shaft repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower rear output shaft repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower shift rod assembly repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication pump removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication pump repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting brackets removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift rod assembly, lower repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift rod assembly, upper repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Top input shaft repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Control valve body removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forward clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fourth clutch assembly removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal filter element removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lockup cutoff valve body removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Main shaft assembly and gear unit removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulator valve removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil pan removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil seal, output yoke, and dust shield removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal/Installation on stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shaft assembly, main and gear unit removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift tower repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Third clutch and center support housing removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treadle valve, throttle repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 8 6-7 2-2 2-3 8-6 7-9 7-8 7-7 7-3 8-13 b 8-12 8-14 8-9 8-8 8-11 8-15 8-16 8-1 8-3 8-5 8-2 8-4 8-11 8-10 8-6 7-20 7-15 7-17 7-2 7-10 7-12 7-22 7-13 7-1 7-21 7-11 7-14 7-4 7-5 7-13 7-3 7-18 2-7 4-2 2-6 2-7 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Subject Troubleshooting (Cont) 2-7 . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . Engine arctic heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic system . . . . . 2-7 Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Material handling crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-3 2-7 Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subject index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-2 Symptom index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 2-1 2-7 Tanker system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Type of manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u Unit, gear, and main shaft assembly removal/repair/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upper shift rod assembly repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 8-10 Valve body, control removal/repair/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve body, lockup cutoff removal/repair/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve, modulator removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve, throttle treadle repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve, traction control repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve, transfer case lock-up, HI-LO range repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual and audible level warning indicators (M983) removal/installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 7-22 7-21 4-2 8-13 8-12 1-10 6-5 v w 6-7 Warning alarm switch, tilt removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Warning indicators, visual and audible level (M983) removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warnings a Adhesives and solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Asbestos in brake linings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Batteries, terminals, and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Carbon monoxide (exhaust gas) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Compressed air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Crane operation under powerlines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b High voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Hot exhaust pipe/muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Hot radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Jewelry, wearing of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b “Low’’ voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Nuclear, biological, or chemical (NBC) exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a Parking brake, incorrect use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Seatbelts, use of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c Starting fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Winch cable, handling of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Winch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Warranty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring diagrams Electric motor tester circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-8 Engine arctic heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-9 Power distribution board (M983) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F 2-6 Wiring harness removal/installation 6-13 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 9 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 INDEX (CONT) Paragraph, Figure, Table Number Subject Wiring harness removal/installation (Cont) Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis (M984E1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis/Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STE/ICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 6-15.1 6-16 6-14 6-17 Y Yoke and oil seal, axles No. 1 and No. 2 removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yoke, output, dust shield, and oil seal removal/installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 10 9-6 7-14 By Order of the Secretary of the Army: Official: JOHN A.. WICKHAM, JR. General United States Army Chief of Staff R.L. DILWORTH Brigadier General, United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38, Direct and General Support Maintenance requirements for Truck, Cargo, 10-Ton, 8x8, Heavy Expanded Mobility, Tactical Truck, HEMTT, M977, M978, M983, M984, and M985. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1993 - 311-831 (62450) TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 TM 9-2320-279-34-1 PIN: 062143-- 000 This fine document... Was brought to you by me: Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it. Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it... They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends? I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on. I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines: <A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A> – Sincerely Igor Chudov http://igor.chudov.com/
advertisement
Key Features
- 8x8 drive
- Heavy-duty cargo transport
- Winch
- Durable construction
- Off-road capability
- Military grade
- Advanced suspension
- Powerful engine
- Reliable performance
- Modular design
Frequently Answers and Questions
What is the NSN for the M985E1A2R1?
The NSN for the M985E1A2R1 is 2320-01-493-3792.
What are the primary uses of the M985E1A2R1?
The M985E1A2R1 is a heavy-duty cargo truck designed for military use, primarily for transporting supplies, equipment, and personnel across challenging terrain.
What types of engines are used in the M985E1A2R1?
The M985E1A2R1 is powered by a powerful diesel engine, which is designed for reliability and performance in demanding conditions.